HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY INC
10KSB40, 1997-04-15
MISC HEALTH & ALLIED SERVICES, NEC
Previous: LIGAND PHARMACEUTICALS INC, SC 13D, 1997-04-15
Next: TECH ELECTRO INDUSTRIES INC/TX, 10-K, 1997-04-15



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB

               [x] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED: DECEMBER 31, 1996

                         Commission File Number: 0-25064

                      HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
        (Exact name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

         Minnesota                                             41-1580506
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization                              Identification No.)

          3500 W. 80th Street, Suite 130, Bloomington, Minnesota, 55431
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

                    Issuer's telephone number: (612) 831-6830

           Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act: None
             Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $.01 par value

     Check  whether  the issuer (1) filed all  reports  required  to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter  period that the  registrant  was required to file such reports) and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No

     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of Regulation S-B contained herein, and no disclosure will be contained,  to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form  10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB.[X]

     State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year: $28,514,000

     As of March 24, 1997,  the aggregate  market value of the voting stock held
by  non-affiliates  of the registrant,  computed by reference to the last quoted
price at which  such  stock  was sold on such  date as  reported  by the  Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, was $11,695,883.

     As of March  24,  1997,  there  were  outstanding  7,666,122  shares of the
issuer's common stock, $.01 par value.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Documents  incorporated by reference  pursuant to Rule 12b-23:  Portions of
the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for its 1997 Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders,  to be filed  within  120 days  after the end of the  fiscal  year
covered by this report,  are  incorporated by reference into Items 9, 10, 11 and
12 of Part III.

     Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one): Yes [ ] No [X]


<PAGE>


                                     PART I
ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Development

     Health  Fitness  Physical  Therapy,  Inc. and its  wholly-owned  direct and
indirect subsidiaries (collectively,  the "Company") is engaged in two principal
lines  of   business   (segments):   (i)   preventative   healthcare   and  (ii)
rehabilitative   healthcare.  The  Company's  preventative  healthcare  business
includes developing, marketing and managing corporate and hospital-based fitness
centers  and  selling   and   servicing   fitness   equipment.   The   Company's
rehabilitative  healthcare  business  includes  owning  and  operating  physical
therapy  clinics and providing  consulting,  group buying,  administrative,  and
marketing services to independent physical therapy clinics.

     The  original  predecessor  business of the Company was founded by Loren S.
Brink in April 1981 as Health  Fitness  Consultants,  Inc.,  but was sold to its
largest  client,  Abbott  Northwestern  Hospital,  in November  1983.  From 1983
through 1988, the Company was operated as a department of the hospital under Mr.
Brink's  management.  In April 1988, Mr. Brink and two investors  reacquired the
business  from Abbott  Northwestern  Hospital.  The Company  changed its name to
Health  Fitness  Corporation in September  1988, and to Health Fitness  Physical
Therapy, Inc. in August 1994.

     The Company began to expand its fitness center  management  business beyond
its facilities in Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1990. The Company acquired its first
physical therapy clinic in 1991. The Company  continued to grow through managing
new  corporate  and hospital  fitness  centers and  operating  physical  therapy
clinics,  as well  as  through  acquisitions.  By 1994  the  Company's  revenues
totalled $7,989,569.

     In April  1995,  the  Company  acquired  the stock of  Fitness  Systems,  a
California-based   operator  of  corporate  fitness  centers.  This  acquisition
increased the number of fitness  centers  managed by the Company from 36 to over
100.

     In January  1996,  the Company  acquired  all of the assets and assumed the
liabilities of  Minneapolis-based  Pro Source Fitness,  Inc. ("Pro  Source"),  a
supplier of fitness  equipment and service.  Pro Source  recently  began to also
sell fitness  related  soft-goods  such as shirts,  hats and other items,  often
customized with client names and/or logos.

     In  December  1996,  the  Company  acquired  the  stock  of  The  Preferred
Companies,  Inc. ("The Preferred Companies"),  an operator of a national network
of independent physical therapy clinics, and entered into employment  agreements
with the sellers.  The Preferred  Companies  represents a network of independent
physical  therapy  practices in connection  with  marketing to, and  negotiating
with, managed care companies, other third-party payors and corporations.

     In February 1997, the Company acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Isernhagen & Associates,  Inc. and Isernhagen Ltd. ("the Isernhagen Companies"),
and entered into  employment  agreements  with the two sellers.  The  Isernhagen
Companies  are engaged in  providing  comprehensive  occupational  health,  work
injury prevention, and rehabilitation programs and services.

                                        

<PAGE>

     The Company's  executive offices are located at 3500 W. 80th Street,  Suite
130, Bloomington, Minnesota 55431 and its telephone number is (612) 831-6830.

Preventative Healthcare Business

     Corporate  and  hospital-based  fitness  centers are  emerging as important
components  of  the  preventative  health  care  industry.  Many  employers  are
undertaking fitness programs in an effort to reduce health care costs,  increase
employee  productivity  and assist  employees in managing  stress.  In addition,
fitness  centers have become an important new source of revenue for hospitals by
providing significant inpatient and outpatient services.

     The Company provides a full range of development,  management and marketing
services for corporate and hospital-owned fitness centers. The Company generally
manages all aspects of fitness  center  development,  including  fitness  center
design and equipment  selection  and  acquisition.  All set-up costs,  including
costs related to leasing and improving the site and acquiring the equipment, are
generally borne by the client.  The Company also provides  consulting  services,
for which it  receives  consulting  fees,  for design and  consulting  work with
clients  prior to the  decision to  establish a fitness  center.  Once a fitness
center is  established,  the  Company  generally  manages all aspects of fitness
center  operation  and provides  staffing  services  and  exercise  programs and
instruction.  For its services,  the Company  receives a management fee which is
normally unrelated to fitness center membership.

     The  Company's  fitness  center  sales staff  markets to  corporations  and
hospitals  primarily  through  direct  mail,  telephone  follow-ups  and on-site
presentations to secure additional  consulting and management  contracts for the
Company.  The Company currently  utilizes a corporate and hospital database with
over 15,000  potential leads which meet criteria for being  contacted  regarding
the development of a center.

     The  Company  currently  is under  contract to manage 105  corporate  and 6
hospital fitness centers located in 26 states,  including  Arizona,  California,
Connecticut,  Delaware,  Florida, Georgia, Illinois,  Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky,
Massachusetts,  Maryland,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  New Hampshire,  New
Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma,  Oregon, Texas, Virginia, West
Virginia,  and  Wisconsin.  The  Company  maintains  fitness  center  management
regional offices in Connecticut, Georgia, Illinois, and California.

     The Company's Pro Source equipment and soft-goods business is complementary
with the Company's other businesses. The Company's fitness center management and
physical therapy  businesses  provide potential  customers for fitness equipment
sales  and  service  by  Pro   Source.   Pro  Source   also   supplies   various
fitness-related  soft-goods such as towels, shirts, hats, etc. which can be sold
or given as incentives by clients to fitness center  members.  The Company hopes
to utilize  its  contacts  with  fitness  center  clients and in the fitness and
physical therapy  industries  generally to increase sales of products offered by
Pro Source.  Pro Source is the exclusive  approved fitness equipment supplier to
the International Health and Racquet Sports Association (IHRSA).

                                       

<PAGE>

Rehabilitative Healthcare

     The Company's rehabilitative healthcare business owns and operates physical
therapy clinics,  performs on-site physical therapy services at  Company-managed
fitness centers,  provides consulting,  group buying and marketing services to a
network of  independent  physical  therapy  clinics,  and provides  occupational
health  consulting  services  to  employers,  insurers  and  others.  Since  its
acquisition  of  the  Isernhagen  Companies  in  February  1997,  the  Company's
rehabilitative  healthcare  business also authors and sells written materials to
independent physical therapy clinics.

     The  Company's  owned  and  operated   physical   therapy  clinics  provide
facilities,   equipment  and  staff  to  patients  who  require   treatment  for
musculoskeletal  (orthopedic) injuries or rehabilitation after surgery. Patients
are  generally  referred  by  physicians  or third  party  payors.  The  Company
currently offers traditional  physical therapy services along with "back school"
(i.e. therapy designed to alleviate or reduce back injuries) and "work-hardening
programs"  (i.e.  therapy  designed  to prepare an  individual  with  serious or
recurring  injuries  for a return  to work).  Physical  therapy  offered  at the
Company's  clinics  includes a combination of treatments  including  massage and
exercise   therapy  and  the   application   of  heat,   cold,   ultrasound  and
electrostimulation.  The Company employs licensed physical therapists,  assisted
by aides and  technicians,  to provide  physical therapy services to individuals
with musculoskeletal (orthopedic) injuries.

     Unlike the fitness centers which it manages, the Company owns the equipment
used in its physical  therapy  clinics.  The Company  currently leases the space
occupied by its physical therapy clinics. The Company currently owns and manages
11 physical therapy clinics located in California and Minnesota.

     The Company's subsidiary, The Preferred Companies,  negotiates managed care
and other  third-party  payor  contracts  for a  nationwide  network of over 700
independent  physical,  occupational  and speech therapy clinics  throughout the
United  States.  The  Preferred  Companies  also provides  consulting  and group
purchasing  services to its network  members.  Network  members  generally pay a
fixed annual fee.

     The  Isernhagen   Companies,   recently   acquired  by  the  Company,   are
internationally  recognized  experts in the field of comprehensive  occupational
health and  rehabilitative  programs and services  including  injury  prevention
education,   pre-employment   screening,   ergonomic   analysis,   risk  control
management, and "safe" early return to work programs.

     The  Company  has  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Practice  Management
Consultants,  Inc.  ("PMC")  pursuant to which PMC is designing and implementing
certain management  procedures,  policies,  manuals, and operational systems for
the management of the Company's  rehabilitation business. The Company reimburses
PMC's expenses on a monthly basis,  and issued PMC a warrant to purchase  70,431
shares of the  Company's  common  stock at $4.00  per  share,  exercisable  upon
delivery of certain  system  deliverables.  Thomas H. Coplin,  a consultant  and
one-half  owner  of  PMC,  serves  as an  executive  officer  of  the  Company's
rehabilitative  division and President of the Company's  Health  Fitness  Rehab,
Inc. subsidiary.

     The Company has also  entered  into a letter of intent with PMC whereby PMC
will establish  criteria for potential  physical  therapy  clinic  acquisitions,
conduct due diligence and evaluate potential acquisitions against such criteria,
and negotiate the acquisition  agreements for such acquisitions.  In addition to
the Company  reimbursing PMC's expenses in connection  therewith,  the letter of
intent  provides that PMC or its  principals  will receive stock options  and/or
warrants to purchase Company common stock, the amount and/or value of which will
be linked to the earnings of the Company's  rehabilitative business. The Company
is in the process of negotiating  one or more definitive  agreements  reflecting
the terms of such letter of intent.  PMC has already  commenced  performing such
services contemplated by the letter of intent,  including in connection with the
Company's  recent  acquisitions  of The Preferred  Companies and the  Isernhagen
Companies.

                                     

<PAGE>

Competition

     The  preventative  healthcare  industry  is  highly  competitive.   Several
competitors  providing  fitness  center  management  services  have much greater
financial  resources,  operational  experience,  marketing  abilities,  and name
recognition than the Company. The Company also competes on a regional level with
numerous  independent  operators of one or two corporate fitness centers. At the
present time,  management of the Company does not believe that any  significant,
formal  or  organized  competition  exists  for  the  staffing,   managing,  and
supervision of hospital fitness center facilities.

     The rehabilitative  healthcare industry business is also highly competitive
and subject to continual  changes in the manner in which  services are delivered
and in which  providers are selected.  Several  competitors  providing  physical
therapy and rehabilitative  services (such as NovaCare,  Inc.,  Continental Med,
HealthSouth,  Caremark,  National Rehab Centers,  and Pacific  Rehabilitation  &
Sports  Medicine,  Inc.)  have much  greater  financial  resources,  operational
experience,  marketing  abilities,  and name  recognition  than the Company.  In
addition,  independent  therapists  who operate  single  clinics  throughout the
United States provide  significant  competition to the Company on a local basis.
The  Company  believes  that its  competitive  position  will  benefit  from the
Company's  management  systems,  distribution  network  and  relationships  with
hospitals.  However,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully compete with other physical therapy providers.

Proprietary Rights

     The Company  does not believe  that there are any  significant  proprietary
rights or interests of the Company that would  present  significant  barriers to
entry with respect to  competitors in the  marketplace  or  competition  for the
business and clients of either the Company's preventative healthcare business or
rehabilitative healthcare business.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION & MARKETPLACE REFORM

General

     The health care industry is very regulated,  and the federal government and
state  governments  routinely  add,  delete  or  modify  the  regulations.   The
ever-changing nature of the regulation makes it impossible to anticipate exactly
what impact  government  regulation  will have on the  Company,  but it is quite
likely that government  regulation  will continue to have a significant  role on
the Company's operations.

     Certain  states  in which the  Company  operates  have  laws  that  require
facilities that employ health  professionals and provide health related services
to be licensed and, in some cases, to obtain  certificates of need.  Pursuant to
certificate  of need laws,  the affected  entity is required to prove to a state
regulatory  authority  the  need  for  and  financial   feasibility  of  certain
expenditures related to such activities as the construction of new facilities or
the  commencement  of new health care  services.  The Company  believes that the
operations of its business, as presently conducted,  do not and will not require
certificates of need or other approvals and licenses. There can be no assurance,
however,  that existing laws or regulations  will not be interpreted or modified
to require  the Company to obtain such  approvals  or licenses  and, if so, that
such approvals or licenses could be obtained.

                                     

<PAGE>

     Statutes and regulations affecting the fitness industry generally have been
enacted or proposed to regulate  the  industry.  Typically,  these  statutes and
regulations  prescribe  certain forms and  provisions  of membership  contracts,
including  provisions  respecting the right of the member to cancel the contract
within, in most cases,  three business days after signing,  require an escrow of
funds  received from  pre-opening  sales or the posting of a bond, or both,  and
establish maximum prices for membership contracts and limitations on the term of
contracts. The Company believes that these statutes and regulations have little,
if any, application to the Company since it does not sell membership  contracts.
The  Company  maintains  internal  review  procedures  intended  to  keep  it in
compliance  and it believes that its  activities are at all times in substantial
compliance with all applicable statutes, rules, and decisions.

     Management of the Company  believes that there  currently is no significant
government  regulation which materially  limits the Company's ability to provide
management and consulting services to its corporate and hospital-based  clients.
With increased state,  federal, and local regulation,  no assurance can be given
that any  governmental  statutes or regulations  will not be proposed or adopted
that  would  limit  the  Company's   ability  to  compete  in  the   marketplace
successfully or at all.

     The Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities ("CARF") is an
independent  organization that reviews  rehabilitation  facilities and accredits
facilities  that meet its  guidelines.  CARF  accreditation  guidelines  require
extensive  quality  assurance  and treatment  outcome  analysis.  To date,  CARF
accreditation  in most states is  voluntary  and is not  required to perform the
rehabilitative  services provided by the Company. There can be no assurance that
CARF  accreditation  will not be  required  in the future in states in which the
Company does business,  and, if required,  that the Company will be able to meet
CARF guidelines in such states.

Reimbursement

     The health care industry is presently undergoing significant changes in the
delivery  of and  payment  for health  care  services.  Presently,  governmental
payors,  such  as the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs,  as  well  as  private
third-party payors are responding to escalating health care costs by undertaking
efforts to restrict significantly  reimbursement rates for health care services,
including   physical   therapy   services.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that
reimbursement for the Company's physical therapy services will remain at current
levels or at levels that render expansion in this area economically attractive.

     Many payors place limitations on reimbursement rates by capping or lowering
fees or  restricting  the number of treatments  that will be reimbursed  for any
given  condition.  All of the  states in which the  Company  currently  conducts
business have fee schedules  that limit the  reimbursement  rates under workers'
compensation programs.

     The Company expects this trend toward  governmental  and third-party  payor
restrictions  limiting  reimbursement  levels for various  outpatient  services,
including  physical therapy services,  will continue.  There can be no assurance
that  reimbursement  for the Company's  physical therapy services will remain at
current levels or at levels that render expansion economically attractive.

     Another  approach  of  governmental  and  third-party  payors  has  been to
institute  capitated  programs.  Under capitated  programs, payors contract with
providers  for  specific  physical  therapy  services  in return for set monthly
prepaid fees per individual enrollee ("capitated" monthly fees). If the provider
has accurately analyzed and negotiated its capitated monthly fees, and the costs
of  providing  services  are less than the demand for  treatment,  the  provider
benefits  from  positive  margins.  To the extent  that the  actuarial  analysis
underlying  the  capitated  fees  are  inaccurate  and  enrollees  require  more
treatment than is anticipated,  aggregate  capitated fees may be insufficient to
cover the costs of providing the enrollees with the services required.


<PAGE>

     In order to effectively manage capitated  contracts,  the Company will need
to acquire  additional  operational and information  systems.  While the Company
currently provides physical therapy services under one capitated  contract,  the
Company does not have any previous  experience in managing  capitated  contracts
and there can be no assurance  that the Company can  successfully  negotiate and
implement other capitated contracts or that such contracts will be profitable.

     Although  the Company  would seek to  negotiate  stop-loss  reinsurance  to
contractually  shift the risk of financial  exposure beyond certain limits to an
insurance  carrier  in the event it  determined  to  participate  in a  material
capitated  program,  there  can be no  assurance  that it will be able to obtain
adequate  stop-loss  reinsurance.  In  addition,  the Company may be required to
obtain  licenses  from  governmental  authorities  to be able to offer  physical
therapy  services on a capitated  basis.  The Company does not currently  have a
license from any government  authority to offer such programs,  and there can be
no assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain such  licenses when and if
sought.

Health Care Reform

     In response to continuing health care cost increases and the lack of health
care coverage for a significant portion of the American population,  the federal
and many state  governments have adopted or are considering  legislation that is
intended to reform or restructure the health care delivery system significantly.
Because new proposals are introduced quite  frequently,  the nature and scope of
these reform  efforts cannot be accurately  predicted at this time.  While there
are  many  different  proposals  under  consideration,  many  of  these  reforms
contemplate  mandated  health  care  coverage  through  employer  or  government
sponsored  health care plans that  arrange for services  with large,  vertically
integrated networks of health care providers.  Many proposals place prescriptive
limitations  on health care  spending and the rates that  providers  may charge.
While state and federal government's  consider reform,  employers and payors are
also  considering  new methods for structuring the delivery of health care. Both
the  marketplace  and the  government  may change the  environment  in which the
Company operates. While the Company believes that it can compete successfully by
negotiating to participate in integrated provider networks,  no assurance can be
given that the Company will be able to  participate  in a  sufficient  number of
these  networks  or that the  rates of  reimbursement  and  other  terms of such
participation will be sufficient to be economically  attractive.  The Company is
not in a position  to  evaluate  whether  or what form any  reform may take,  or
whether or to what extent such reform  will cause  increased  use of  integrated
provider  networks,  nor is it in a position to speculate how such networks will
be run or regulated.  It is possible  that third parties may impose  significant
limits on the  Company's  operations,  such as pricing  controls  over  physical
therapy clinic operations.

Corporate Practice of Medicine

     The Company's  physical  therapy  business is also subject to extensive and
changing federal, state, and local regulation governing employment of therapists
and other  professionals by business  corporations.  Several states have adopted
legislation  that  prohibits,   or  have  interpreted  existing  legislation  to
prohibit, the furnishing of physical therapy services by a business corporation.
Although the Company does not operate in such states,  there can be no assurance
that states in which it does  operate or may  operate  will not seek to enact or
enforce this type of restriction or that the Company can adapt its operations to
comply with such restrictions.

<PAGE>

Fraud and Abuse Statutes

     Federal and state regulators and third-party payors have reacted negatively
to  ownership  by  physicians  of physical  therapy  clinics to which they refer
patients. Federal legislation prohibits the referral of any Medicare or Medicaid
patient to any separate  physical therapy clinic by referring  physicians if the
physician  or a family  member has an ownership  or  investment  interest in, or
financial relationship with, the clinic. This law also regulates every financial
relationship  between referring physicians and providers of physical therapy and
imposes substantial penalties for violations of its provisions. Proposed federal
legislation would extend these restrictions to all services provided, regardless
of whether the source of payment is the  Medicare  or Medicaid  programs or some
other public or private source of payment.  In the event such legislation at the
state or national level were enacted, the Company may be required to restructure
its  relationships  with certain of its  referring  physicians.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company would be able to do so without an adverse  effect on
its financial condition or operations.

     Virtually  all states in which the Company  operates  have enacted laws and
adopted  regulations  that restrict  health care  practitioners  from  referring
patients to health care facilities in which the practitioner has an ownership or
other financial  interest.  Other state laws and regulations  often prohibit the
giving and accepting of referral fees or other  consideration as compensation or
inducement for patient  referrals.  The Company believes that its operations are
structured to comply with all such laws and  regulations  currently in effect as
well as laws and regulations enacted or adopted but not yet effective. There can
be no assurance,  however, that enforcement authorities will not take a contrary
position.  In  addition,  there  can be no  assurance  that  states in which the
Company  operates or will  operate  will not enact  similar or more  restrictive
laws.

     In  addition,  the Social  Security  Act imposes  criminal  penalties  upon
persons who make or receive kickbacks,  bribes or rebates in connection with the
Medicare and Medicaid programs.  The anti-kickback  statute prohibits  providers
and  others  from  soliciting,   offering,  receiving  or  paying,  directly  or
indirectly,  any  remuneration to induce either making a referral for a Medicare
or  Medicaid-covered  service or item or ordering  any covered  service or item.
Each  violation  of these  rules may be  punished  by a fine of up to $25,000 or
imprisonment  for up to five  years,  or  both,  and  may  also  be  treated  as
violations of other criminal statutes with more severe  penalties.  In addition,
the  Medicare and Medicaid  Patient and Program  Protection  Act of 1987 imposes
civil  sanctions  for  violation of these  prohibitions,  punishable by monetary
fines,  which can be  substantial,  and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid
programs.  Statutes in several states impose similar  restrictions  on referrals
for medical services, including physical therapy. Because the anti-kickback laws
are broad in scope, and have been expansively interpreted, they limit the manner
in which the Company can pursue  acquisitions  and market its  services  to, and
contract for services  with,  physicians and other health care  providers.  Some
laws would subject to scrutiny the ownership of debt or equity securities of the
Company by  referring  physicians,  including  those from whom the  Company  has
purchased  physical therapy clinics,  especially  purchases which involve future
consideration based on volume or profits. Further, representatives of the Office
of the Inspector  General of the U.S.  Department of Social and Health Services,
the agency with civil  enforcement  responsibility,  have indicated that,  under
certain  circumstances,  such  agency may regard a payment  for  goodwill in the
context of a practice sale as contrary to such anti-fraud and abuse rules.

                                        

<PAGE>

     Certain of the  Company's  clinics  derive a portion (less than 2%) of that
particular  clinic's  revenues from Medicare or Medicaid  programs.  As to these
clinics,  the parties from whom the clinics were acquired do not refer  patients
to the clinics and,  therefore,  management  believes  are not referral  sources
within  the  meaning  of the  law.  There  can be no  assurance,  however,  that
enforcement  authorities will not take a contrary position.  Persons found to be
in violation of the law may be subject to the sanctions  described above without
regard to the amount of money  received from the Medicare or Medicaid  programs.
Management  considers  and seeks to comply  with these  regulations  in planning
acquisitions,  marketing activities,  and other aspects of its operations but no
assurance can be given regarding compliance in any particular factual situation.

Employees

     At December 31, 1996,  the Company had 414  full-time  and 1,096  part-time
employees. Of the full-time employees, 27 were engaged in general management and
sales, 12 were Regional Managers and 375 were fitness center or physical therapy
clinic staff.  The Company's  part-time  employees are primarily  engaged in the
staffing of the fitness centers that the Company operates for its clients.  None
of Company's employees are subject to any collective  bargaining  agreements and
the Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Indemnification Obligations

     A majority of the Company's  management  contracts  with its fitness center
clients  include a provision  that  obligates  the Company to indemnify and hold
harmless its fitness center clients and their employees,  officers and directors
from any and all  claims,  actions  and/or  suits  (including  attorneys'  fees)
arising  directly or  indirectly  from any act or omission of the Company or its
employees,  officers  or  directors  in  connection  with the  operation  of the
Company's  business.  A majority of these  management  contracts  also include a
provision that obligates the clients to indemnify and hold the Company  harmless
against all  liabilities  arising out of the acts or  omissions  of the clients,
their  employees  and agents.  The Company can make no  assurance  that any such
claims by its fitness center clients, or their employees, officers or directors,
will not be made in the course of operating the Company's business.

Insurance

     The Company maintains  professional  malpractice  liability coverage on its
professional and technical  employees in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence
and $6,000,000 in the aggregate per therapist, as well as at least $2,000,000 of
general  premises  liability  insurance for each of its fitness  centers and its
executive  offices.  While the Company  believes  its  insurance  policies to be
sufficient  in amount and coverage for its current  operations,  there can be no
assurance that coverage will continue to be available in adequate  amounts or at
a reasonable cost, and there can be no assurance that the insurance proceeds, if
any, will cover the full extent of loss resulting from any claims.



                                     
<PAGE>


ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The Company  leases  approximately  6,826 square feet of commercial  office
space at 3500 W. 80th Street, Suite 130,  Bloomington,  Minnesota 55431, under a
lease expiring on July 31, 2001.  The Company's  monthly base rental expense for
this office is  approximately  $7,964.  Effective June 1, 1997, the Company will
lease an additional  2,003 square feet at the same location for the same term at
an additional  monthly base rental of $1,669.  The Company's Pro Source division
leases 7,160  square feet of office and retail space  located in St. Louis Park,
Minnesota  at a monthly base rent of $3,580  under a lease  expiring  October 1,
1999,  and 3,002  square feet of retail space  located in Edina,  Minnesota at a
monthly base rent of $4,628 under a lease  expiring  April 30, 1998. The Company
also acquired a lease of  approximately  4,927 square feet of commercial  office
space at 11620 Wilshire  Boulevard,  Suite 400, Los Angeles,  California  90024,
when it acquired Fitness Systems. The lease expires August 1, 1999 and carries a
monthly base rental of $9,854.  The Company has signed a sublease agreement with
Liner & Yankelevitz,  LLP on January 9, 1996 which calls for monthly payments of
$5,912  commencing on July 1, 1996.  The sublease  expires July 31, 1999. All of
the  Company's 11 physical  therapy  clinics are leased for terms of one to five
years  with an  aggregate  monthly  base  rent  of  approximately  $72,000.  The
foregoing monthly base rental amounts exclude taxes, insurance and other related
operating  costs.  The Company believes that its facilities are adequate for its
foreseeable needs.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     From time to time,  the Company may become  involved in various  claims and
lawsuits  incident to the operation of its business,  including  claims  arising
from accidents or from the negligent provision of physical therapy services.

     On April 17, 1996, a former employee filed a claim entitled  Julianna Gatza
vs. Health Fitness  Corporation  and Hurley Health  Services  before the Circuit
Court of Genessee County in the State of Michigan, alleging wrongful termination
of  employment  and  discrimination.  The  plaintiff has not claimed a specified
amount of  damages.  The  Company  tendered  the  defense  of this  claim to its
insurance  carrier;  and the  insurance  carrier's  response has been that there
would be no insurance coverage for the liability represented by this litigation.
The Company  believes this claim is without merit and will defend it vigorously.
The  Company  believes  that the  outcome of this claim will not have a material
adverse effect on its financial position or results of operation.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     The Company did not submit any matters to a vote of security holders during
the quarter ended December 31, 1996.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's  common stock is traded in the  over-the-counter  market with
prices  quoted on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  under the  symbol  "HFPT."  The
Company's  common  stock has been  traded on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  since
November  14,  1994.  Prior to that  date,  there was no public  market  for the
Company's  common  stock.  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for the  periods
indicated,  the range of low and high bid prices for the Company's  common stock
as reported on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  Quotations in the following  table
represent inter-dealer prices;  without retail mark-up,  markdown or commission,
and do not represent actual transactions.

                                        

<PAGE>

         Calendar Year 1996:             Low               High
                                         ---               ----
                  Fourth quarter         $2.00             $3.13
                  Third quarter           2.00              3.13
                  Second quarter          2.50              3.25
                  First quarter           2.38              3.75

         Calendar Year 1995:
                  Fourth quarter         $2.13             $2.88
                  Third quarter           2.44              3.50
                  Second quarter          2.63              3.25
                  First quarter           2.63              3.25

     At March 24, 1997,  the published high and low bid prices for the Company's
common  stock was $2.50 and  $2.50 per share  respectively.  At March 24,  1997,
there  were  issued  and  outstanding  7,666,122  shares of common  stock of the
Company held by 221 shareholders of record.  Record ownership includes ownership
by nominees who may hold for multiple owners.

     The Company has never  declared  or paid any cash  dividends  on its common
stock  and does not  intend to pay cash  dividends  on its  common  stock in the
foreseeable  future.  The Company  presently  expects to retain any  earnings to
finance  the  development  and  expansion  of its  business.  The payment by the
Company of  dividends,  if any, on its common  stock in the future is subject to
the discretion of the Board of Directors, will depend on the Company's earnings,
financial  condition,  capital  requirements  and other  relevant  factors.  The
Company's bank loan agreement prohibits the payment of dividends.

                                     

<PAGE>

     During the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  sold the
following  shares of Company Common Stock without  registering  such sales under
the Securities Act:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Price per        Exemption
 # of Shares          Purchaser(s)                                           Share          Relied Upon
- ------------       ------------------                                      ---------        -----------
<S>           <C>                                                           <C>        <C>    


  120,000    Shares issued to former officer upon exercise of               $.589          ss.4(2)
              previously issued stock options

    84,992    Shares issued to former officer upon exercise of               $.589          ss.4(2)
              previously issued warrants

    40,000    Additional shares issued to previous sellers of                 *             ss.4(2)
              business as additional purchase price

   234,099    Shares issued to holder of previously issued                  $2.3375    ss.3(a)(9);ss.4(2)
              convertible debenture upon conversion

   222,856    Shares issued to holder of previously issued                  $2.3375    ss.3(a)(9);ss.4(2)
              convertible debenture upon conversion

     1,600    Shares issued to holder of previously issued                  $2.1875         ss.4(2)
              warrant upon exercise thereof

    10,000    Shares issued to software licensor                             **             ss.4(2)
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------------------   

*    Shares  issued  as  additional   consideration   in  connection   with  the
     Registrant's previous acquisition of business

**   Shares issued as partial consideration for software license

                                       

<PAGE>

ITEM 6. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                1995                       1996
                                               ------                      -----
<S>                                   <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>    
REVENUES:

Preventative healthcare              $12,136,000       67.8%     $21,790,000     76.4%

Rehabilitative healthcare              5,770,000       32.2        6,724,000     23.6
                                      ----------       ----       ----------     ----

   Total revenues                     17,906,000      100.0       28,514,000    100.0

COST OF REVENUES                      13,943,000       77.9       22,813,000     80.0
                                      ----------       ----       ----------     ----

GROSS PROFIT                           3,963,000       22.1        5,701,000     20.0

OPERATING EXPENSES                     3,619,000       20.2        4,429,000     15.6
                                       ---------       ----        ---------     ----

OPERATING INCOME
(LOSS):

Preventative healthcare                1,612,000                   2,482,000

Rehabilitative healthcare                327,000                     717,000

Corporate                            (1,595,000)                 (1,927,000)
                                     -----------                 -----------

   Total operating income (loss)         344,000        1.9        1,272,000      4.4

OTHER EXPENSES, NET                      556,000        3.1          266,000      0.9
                                         -------       ----          -------     ----

NET (LOSS) INCOME                     $(212,000)       (1.2)%     $1,006,000      3.5%
                                      ==========       =====      ==========      ====
</TABLE>

     The Company is engaged in two principal lines of business  (segments):  (i)
preventative  healthcare  and  (ii)  rehabilitative   healthcare.   Preventative
healthcare  includes the development,  marketing and management of corporate and
hospital-based  fitness  centers and the sale of fitness  equipment and service.
Rehabilitative  healthcare  relates to the operation of physical therapy clinics
that  provide  a  full  range  of  rehabilitative  services  and  a  network  of
independent physical therapy clinics.

     The Company's preventative healthcare revenues come from the management and
consulting  contracts  and  agreements  and the sales of fitness  equipment  and
service.  The  management and  consulting  contracts and agreements  provide for
specific  management,  consulting,  and program fees and contain  provisions for
modification, termination, and non-renewal.

                                       

<PAGE>

     The Company's  rehabilitative  revenues are  comprised of physical  therapy
services  provided to patients at  Company-owned  locations  and at hospital and
corporate  locations,  and  fees  paid by  independent  therapy  clinic  network
members.  Net  revenues  from  physical  therapy  services are a function of the
number of  patients  treated,  the  payor mix and the  average  net  charge  per
treatment.  Consequently, two patients provided substantially similar treatments
may  result  in  different  net  revenues  because  of  differing  reimbursement
environments.

     The Company  incurs costs at three levels:  (i) revenue  generating  sites,
(ii) regional  sites that work closely with the revenue  generating  sites,  and
(iii) general corporate costs.  Management views the operational expenses of the
regional  sites to be an integral  component  of the  revenue-generating  sites.
Therefore, the discussion that follows is of revenues and operating income.

Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

     Revenues.  Total revenues increased $10,608,000 or 59.2% to $28,514,000 for
fiscal 1996 from  $17,906,000  for fiscal  1995.  The  increase in  preventative
healthcare  revenues of $9,654,000 was primarily due to the net addition of five
fitness center management contracts, the increase in consulting revenue, and the
acquisition  of a fitness  equipment  dealer in January  1996.  The  increase in
rehabilitative  healthcare  revenues of $954,000  was due to the increase in the
number of patient visits at several  clinics and the addition of two new clinics
and four on-site locations.

     Operating  Income.   Operating  income  increased  $928,000  or  269.8%  to
$1,272,000  for fiscal  1996 from  $344,000  for fiscal  1995.  The  increase in
operating  income was due to an increase of $870,000 in preventative  healthcare
and $390,000 in  rehabilitative  healthcare,  partially offset by an increase of
$332,000 in corporate operating costs.

     The increase in operating  income in preventative  healthcare was primarily
due to the  acquisition of a fitness  equipment  dealer on January 11, 1996, the
net  addition of five fitness  center  management  contracts  and an increase in
consulting revenue. Operating income in preventative healthcare did not increase
commensurate with the increase in revenues for this segment primarily due to the
lower  margins  associated  with the  equipment  sales  added as a result of the
acquisition of a fitness equipment dealer.  Operating income, as a percentage of
revenues,  in  preventative  healthcare  decreased  from 13.3% in fiscal 1995 to
11.4% in fiscal 1996 due to lower  margins in  equipment  sales being  partially
offset by increased consulting revenue.

     The increase in operating income in the  rehabilitative  healthcare segment
is due to an  increase  in the number of patient  visits and an  increase in the
operating income as a percentage of sales. The increase in operating income as a
percentage of sales is the result of operational efficiencies at the clinics.

     The  increase  in  corporate  operating  costs in fiscal  1996 is  directly
related to the acquisitions of an operator of corporate fitness centers in April
1995 and a fitness  equipment  dealer in January 1996.

     Other Expense (Interest Expense/Income).  Interest expense, net of interest
income,  decreased  $290,000 or 52.2% to $266,000 for fiscal 1996 from  $556,000
for fiscal 1995. The decrease was due to lower average  borrowing in fiscal 1996
when compared to fiscal 1995.

                                       

<PAGE>

     Net (Loss)  Income.  The  Company's  net  income  increased  $1,218,000  to
$1,006,000  or $.14 per share for fiscal 1996 from a loss of $212,000 for fiscal
1995.

Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

     Revenues.  Revenues increased $9,916,000 or 24.1% to $17,906,000 for fiscal
1995 from  $7,990,000 for fiscal 1994. The increase in  preventative  healthcare
revenue of $8,502,000 is primarily due to the  acquisition of Fitness Systems on
April 6, 1995. The increase in rehabilitative  healthcare  revenue of $1,414,000
is due to the  acquisition  of 8 physical  therapy  clinics in the first half of
1994,  partially  offset by the sale of one clinic in January 1995 and a decline
in the number of patient  visits at two clinics on the East Coast due  primarily
to poor weather conditions.

     Operating Income (Loss).  Operating income increased $1,008,000 to $344,000
for  fiscal  1995 from a loss of  $664,000  for fiscal  1994.  The  increase  in
operating  income was due to an increase of $1,326,000 in preventive  healthcare
and $76,000 in  rehabilitative  healthcare,  partially  offset by an increase of
$394,000 in corporate operating costs.

     The increase in operating income in preventive healthcare was primarily due
to the  acquisition  of  Fitness  Systems  and the  increase  in  rehabilitative
healthcare was due to the  acquisition of certain  clinics  completed from March
through June 1994 and the sale of one underperforming clinic in January 1995.

     Other Expense (Interest  Expense/Income).  Interest expense net of interest
income;  decreased  $380,000 or 40.6% to $556,000 for fiscal 1995 from  $936,000
for fiscal 1994. The decrease was due almost entirely to the effective  interest
rate and average borrowings decreasing in 1995 when compared to 1994.

     Net Loss.  The Company's net loss was $212,000 or $.04 per share for fiscal
1995 from a loss of $1,600,000 or $.52 per share in fiscal 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Company had a working  capital  deficit of  $1,396,000  at December 31,
1995, and a working  capital  deficit of $2,086,000 as of December 31, 1996. The
change is primarily due to the increases in accounts payable and the decrease in
cash and cash equivalents  partially offset by the increase in inventories and a
decrease in notes payable.
<PAGE>


     In December  1996,  the Company  entered into an Amended and Restated  Term
Loan and Credit  Agreement which  maintained the maximum amount  available under
the Company's  revolving line of credit agreement at $1,500,000 bearing interest
at the prime rate plus 2% due May 31,  1997,  and also  provided  for a $600,000
term loan due May 31, 1997 at the prime rate plus 1%. As of December  31,  1996,
the Company had borrowed $1,475,000 on the revolving line of credit and $600,000
on the term loan.

     As of December  31,  1996,  the  Company's  principal  sources of liquidity
included trade accounts  receivable of $4,657,000 and the bank line of credit of
which  $1,475,000  was  outstanding.  The decrease in cash and increase in trade
accounts receivable from December 31, 1995 to December 31, 1996 is primarily due
to the  Company's  acquisition  of Pro Source and the  repayment  of the assumed
debt.

     In February  1997,  the Company  entered into a second Amended and Restated
Credit  and  Security  Agreement  which  provides  for a line of credit of up to
$1,500,000  at the prime rate plus 2%, and a  $2,500,000  term loan at the prime
rate plus 6%.  Management  believes the $1,500,000  line of credit and cash flow
from operating  activities are sufficient to fund  operations at current levels,
but that anticipated  acquisitions in the Company's rehabilitative business will
require additional financing.

     In September  1996, the Company entered into a software  license  agreement
and a computer  consulting  agreement with Aspen Information  Systems,  Inc. The
agreements  require the Company to pay $370,000,  issue 10,000 shares of Company
common  stock,  and grant options to purchase  10,000  shares of Company  common
stock.  The  Company  paid  approximately  $57,000  in 1996  pursuant  to  these
agreements.

     In  October   1996,   the  Company   entered  into  a  system   design  and
implementation  agreement with Practice  Management  Consultants,  Inc.  ("PMC")
pursuant to which PMC will design and implement various  management  systems for
the  management  of  the  Company's  rehabilitative   healthcare  business.  The
agreement requires the Company to pay all expenses incurred by PMC in connection
with  this  agreement  through  1997.  Costs  associated  with  this  agreement,
including   purchases  for   equipment   and  software,   are  estimated  to  be
approximately  $1,800,000.  The Company paid  $637,000 in 1996  pursuant to this
Agreement.

     In February 1997, the Company paid  $1,000,000 of cash and issued  $250,000
of subordinated  convertible  promissory  notes in connection with the Company's
acquisition of the Isernhagen companies. Such cash was provided by the Company's
bank term loan.

                                     

<PAGE>

     Sources of capital to meet  future  obligations  in 1997 and early 1998 are
anticipated  to be cash provided by  operations,  cash  received from  customers
prior to performing the related  services,  and available  borrowings  under the
Company's line of credit of approximately $150,000 at March 31, 1997.

     In order to conserve  capital  resources,  the Company's policy is to lease
its physical facilities.

     The Company does not believe that inflation has had a significant impact of
the results of its operations.

Outlook

     The  Company's  strategy  is  to  continue  to  expand  its  rehabilitative
healthcare  operations through acquisitions and to improve  profitability of the
physical  therapy clinics  purchased  through the  consolidation of the clinics'
operating  expenses.  The Company intends to focus its  acquisitions on physical
therapy clinics located in the Midwest portion of the United States.  Management
anticipates  that the  purchase  prices  paid for  future  acquisitions  will be
similar to the prices paid to date and  payment  terms may be a  combination  of
cash,  notes  payable,  and where  appropriate,  shares of the Company's  common
stock,  with a portion of the purchase  price to be paid at closing  and,  where
appropriate,  a portion contingent upon achievement of earn-out  criteria.  As a
result of government health care regulations,  however, the use in the future of
notes  payable,  earn-out  arrangements  or common  stock may be limited.  It is
anticipated  that funds required for future  acquisitions and the integration of
acquired  businesses  with the Company will be provided from operating cash flow
and  the  proceeds  from  future  debt  and  equity  financings.  Future  equity
financings may result in dilution to holders of Common Stock. However, there can
be no assurance that suitable  acquisition  candidates will be identified by the
Company in the future,  that suitable financing for any such acquisitions can be
obtained by the Company or that any such acquisitions will occur.

     As a publicly-owned corporation,  the Company has and will incur additional
expenses due to being a public  company.  The  Company's  growth  strategy  will
require expanded patient services and support,  increased  personnel  throughout
the Company,  expanded  operational and financial systems and  implementation of
new control procedures. These factors will affect future results and liquidity.

     Preventative  healthcare revenues are expected to increase,  on a quarterly
basis in 1997, as a result of adding management contracts and increased sales of
fitness equipment and soft goods.

     Rehabilitative  healthcare  revenues  are  anticipated  to  increase, on  a
quarterly  basis in 1997, as a result of performing  physical therapy on-site at
additional  corporate  fitness  centers,   increasing  the  number  of  physical
therapists at existing clinics,  and potential  acquisitions of physical therapy
clinics.  See  "Liquidity  and Capital  Resources." In January 1997, the Company
sold one physical  therapy  clinic  located in San Diego,  California  and three
clinics located in Delaware.  These clinics accounted for revenues of $1,325,000
in 1996.  The Company  anticipates  that this loss of revenue  will be more than
offset by the Company's acquisitions of The Preferred Companies in December 1996
and the Isernhagen Companies in February 1997.
<PAGE>

     Preventative healthcare operating income is expected to increase due to the
addition of corporate and hospital based  management  contracts and increases in
fitness  equipment  and soft  goods  sales.  Preventative  healthcare  operating
income, as a percentage of revenues,  is expected to remain consistent with that
experienced during the year ended December 31, 1996.  

     Rehabilitative  healthcare  operating  income is  expected to increase on a
quarterly basis as a result of increasing  revenues and streamlining the billing
and marketing  functions of the companies acquired to date.  

     Corporate  expenses,  as a percentage of revenues,  are  anticipated  to be
consistent with the 1996 levels.

     The  foregoing   statements  contained  in  this  Outlook  section  of  the
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operation  and  other  forward-looking  statements  in Part I,  "Description  of
Business" of this Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 1996,  involve a
number of risks and  uncertainties.  Some of the factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially include but are not limited to the following:

     Sufficiency of Working Capital.  As of December 31, 1996, the Company had a
negative  working  capital of $2,086,000  including  checks written in excess of
bank  balances of $95,000.  The  Company's  ability to fund its working  capital
requirements  in the future is dependent  upon its ability to generate cash flow
from  management  contracts,  equipment  and soft goods sales,  consulting,  and
physical therapy fees. Future  acquisitions may adversely affect cash flows from
operating  activities  due to average  daily  revenues  outstanding  on physical
therapy client's account's receivable ranging from 75 to 100 days. Therefore, if
for any reason,  the  Company's  planned  operations  require  more capital than
anticipated,  revenues do not increase as planned,  or operating  income is less
than planned, the Company may need additional financing in order to maintain its
operations.  There can be no assurance  that the Company would be able to obtain
any  required  additional  financing  when  needed  or that such  financing,  if
obtained, would be on the terms favorable or acceptable to the Company.

                                       

<PAGE>

Reimbursement.  The  profitability  of the Company's  rehabilitative  healthcare
services  are  dependent  upon  obtaining  reimbursement  for  physical  therapy
services  from  government  agencies  and  third-party  payors.  The  healthcare
industry is  experiencing,  and the  Company  expects  that it will  continue to
experience,  significant  changes in the  delivery of and payment of  healthcare
services.  There is no assurance that  reimbursement for the Company's  physical
therapy  services  will  remain  at  current  levels or at  levels  that  render
expansion in this service area economically attractive.

Recent and Future  Acquisitions.  A principal  component of the Company's growth
strategy is to acquire  physical therapy  clinics.  The successful  execution of
this  strategy  will  depend  on  the  Company's  ability  to  identify  and  to
appropriate  acquisition  candidates,  to consummate  such  acquisition on terms
favorable to the Company, to retain and expand the revenues and profitability of
the acquired  contracts  and clinics,  and  successfully  integrate the acquired
contracts and clinics into the Company's  operations.  There can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in executing this strategy.

Accounting Pronouncement

     In March 1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed of,"
which will be effective  for  financial  statements  for fiscal years  beginning
after December 15, 1995. The statement requires that such long-lived assets used
by the entity be reviewed for  impairment  whenever  the  carrying  amount of an
asset may not be  recoverable.  The Company  has  determined  that the  carrying
amounts of its  long-lived  assets and  intangibles  at  December  31,  1996 are
recoverable through expected cash flows from the use of such assets.

     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."  The  Statement  encourages  companies to adopt a new  accounting
method that accounts for stock compensation awards based on their estimated fair
value at the date they are granted. However, companies are permitted to continue
following current accounting requirements for employee stock-based transactions,
which  generally  do not  result in an expense  charge  for most  options if the
exercise  price is at least equal to the fair  market  value of the stock at the
date of grant. Companies that continue to follow existing standards are required
to  disclose  in a note to the  financial  statements  the  effect on net income
(loss) and net income  (loss) per share had the Company  recognized  expense for
options  issued to employees  based on SFAS No. 123. The Company has  determined
that it will not adopt the fair  value  method  prescribed  by SFAS No.  123 for
employee stock-based transactions.  The "as if" disclosures are included in Note
7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                       

<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Health Fitness
Physical  Therapy,  Inc. and Subsidiaries  (the Company) as of December 31, 1995
and 1996 and the related  consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for the years then ended.  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the financial  position of Health Fitness Physical Therapy,
Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years then ended,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Deloitte & Touche LLP



Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 10, 1997


<PAGE>
HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          1995            1996
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>  
ASSETS (Note 5)

CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $     506,652
   Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $160,000 and $245,000, respectively                                              3,926,332   $    4,656,876
   Inventories                                                                                              454,254
   Prepaid expenses and other                                                              457,638          433,413
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
         Total current assets                                                            4,890,622        5,544,543

PROPERTY, net (Note 4)                                                                     807,414        2,185,335

OTHER ASSETS:
   Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $512,400
     and $961,424, respectively (Notes 1 and 2)                                          7,925,834        9,376,367
   Noncompete agreements, less accumulated amortization
     of $23,027 and $84,874 (Note 3)                                                       363,823          346,976
   Trade accounts receivable not expected to be collected within one year,
     less allowance for doubtful accounts of $70,000 and $240,000, respectively            210,000          640,000
   Other                                                                                    85,931           85,676
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
                                                                                     $  14,283,624   $   18,178,897
                                                                                     =============   ==============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Checks written in excess of bank balances                                                         $       94,643
   Notes payable (Note 5)                                                            $   2,654,749        2,090,000
   Trade accounts payable                                                                  322,833        1,662,077
   Accrued salaries, wages, and payroll taxes                                            1,212,640        1,302,770
   Other accrued liabilities                                                               745,055          622,182
   Current portion of long-term debt (Note 5)                                              228,556          281,278
   Deferred revenue                                                                      1,122,666        1,577,186
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
         Total current liabilities                                                       6,286,499        7,630,136

LONG-TERM DEBT, less current portion (Note 5)                                              474,078          576,490

DEFERRED LEASE OBLIGATION                                                                  124,113           80,183

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 7):
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares,
     none issued or outstanding
   Common stock, $.01 par value; 12,000,000 and 25,000,000 shares authorized;
     6,437,429 and 7,173,293 shares issued and outstanding, respectively                    64,374           71,733
   Additional paid-in capital                                                           10,200,233       11,693,617
   Accumulated deficit                                                                  (2,801,270)      (1,795,689)
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
                                                                                         7,463,337        9,969,661
   Stockholder note and interest receivable                                                (64,403)         (77,573)
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
                                                                                         7,398,934        9,892,088
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
                                                                                     $  14,283,624   $   18,178,897
                                                                                     =============   ==============
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995            1996
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>    

REVENUES:
   Preventative healthcare                                                          $   12,135,659  $    21,789,983
   Rehabilitative healthcare                                                             5,770,546        6,724,361
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------
                                                                                        17,906,205       28,514,344

COSTS OF REVENUES:
   Salaries                                                                             11,780,400       15,686,183
   Equipment                                                                                              4,414,273
   Support                                                                               1,221,440        1,386,472
   Occupancy                                                                               941,621        1,326,961
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------
                                                                                        13,943,461       22,813,889
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------
GROSS PROFIT                                                                             3,962,744        5,700,455

OPERATING EXPENSES:
   Salaries                                                                              1,661,454        1,749,498
   Selling, general, and administrative                                                  1,957,772        2,679,227
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------
                                                                                         3,619,226        4,428,725
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------
                                                                                           343,518        1,271,730

INTEREST INCOME                                                                             36,927           26,272

INTEREST EXPENSE                                                                          (592,430)        (292,421)
                                                                                    --------------  ---------------

NET (LOSS) INCOME                                                                   $     (211,985) $     1,005,581
                                                                                    ==============  ===============

NET (LOSS) INCOME PER COMMON AND
   COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE                                                          $         (.04) $          .14
                                                                                    ==============  ==============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON
   EQUIVALENT SHARES OUTSTANDING                                                          5,380,585       7,155,800
                                                                                    =============== ===============
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  Stockholder
                                                                        Additional                  Note and       Total
                                                    Common Stock          Paid-in     Accumulated   Interest   Stockholders'
                                                Shares      Amount        Capital       Deficit    Receivable     Equity
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994                   4,998,294   $   49,983  $ 6,659,613   $(2,589,285)   $ (38,645)   $4,081,666  

   Exercise of underwriters' overallotment
     less issuance costs of $56,010              140,000        1,400      362,590                                  363,990
   Issuance of common stock in
     connection with acquisition                 160,000        1,600      790,994                                  792,594
   Issuance of common stock purchase
     warrants (Note 5)                                                     145,516                                  145,516
   Conversion of convertible notes less
     issuance costs of $70,271                 1,025,635       10,256    1,987,530                                1,997,786
   Warrants exercised                            113,300        1,133      253,792                                  254,925
   Stock options exercised                           200            2          198                                      200
   Advances on notes receivable                                                                       (69,033)      (69,033)
   Payments received on notes receivable                                                               43,275        43,275
   Net loss                                                                             (211,985)                  (211,985)
                                               ---------   ----------  -----------   -----------    ---------    ----------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                   6,437,429       64,374   10,200,233    (2,801,270)     (64,403)    7,398,934

   Issuance of common stock in
     connection with acquisition                  40,000          400      221,914                                  222,314
   Issuance of common stock
     purchase warrants (Note 5)                                             40,000                                   40,000
   Conversion of convertible notes               456,955        4,570    1,049,875                                1,054,445
   Warrants exercised                             86,592          866       52,662                                   53,528
   Stock options exercised                       142,317        1,423      102,783                                  104,206
   Issuance of common stock
     in connection with a software
     license agreement                            10,000          100       26,150                                   26,250
   Advances on notes receivable                                                                       (17,970)      (17,970)
   Payments received on notes receivable                                                                4,800         4,800
   Net income                                                                          1,005,581                  1,005,581
                                               ---------   ----------  -----------   -----------    ---------    ----------

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996                   7,173,293   $   71,733  $11,693,617   $(1,795,689)   $ (77,573)   $9,892,088
                                               =========   ==========  ===========   ===========    =========    ==========
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>

HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Note 9)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1995           1996
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net (loss) income                                                                 $    (211,985)  $    1,005,581
   Adjustment to reconcile net (loss) income to net
       cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                                       1,027,336        1,073,645
     Deferred revenue                                                                        8,957           36,200
   Change in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
     Trade accounts receivable                                                            (735,670)        (863,950)
     Inventories                                                                                            (86,353)
     Prepaid expenses and other                                                            (51,402)         (46,984)
     Other assets                                                                           25,236          (15,934)
     Trade accounts payable                                                               (135,212)         534,087
     Accrued liabilities and other                                                         (90,609)        (441,510)
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
           Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities                            (163,349)       1,194,782

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of property                                                                    (69,922)      (1,183,001)
   Payments for acquisitions, net of liabilities assumed
     and cash acquired                                                                  (4,451,437)        (537,016)
   Payments in connection with earn-out provisions                                         (42,871)        (124,924)
   Payment in connection with noncompete agreements                                       (199,908)         (45,000)
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
         Net cash used in investing activities                                          (4,764,138)      (1,889,941)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Increase in checks written in excess of bank balances                                                     94,643
   Borrowings under line of credit                                                       1,370,000        4,700,938
   Repayments of line of credit                                                         (1,370,000)      (3,225,938)
   Proceeds from notes payable, net of financing costs                                   3,818,851          600,000
   Repayments of notes payable                                                            (500,000)      (1,686,942)
   Proceeds from long-term debt                                                                             113,000
   Repayments of long-term debt                                                           (379,377)        (662,683)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                  564,200          268,659
   Proceeds from issuance of warrants to purchase common stock                             106,183
   Payments of common stock issuance costs                                                (126,281)
   Advances on notes receivable                                                            (69,033)         (17,970)
   Payments received on notes receivable                                                    43,275            4,800
                                                                                     -------------   --------------
           Net cash provided by financing activities                                     3,457,818          188,507
                                                                                     -------------   --------------

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                               (1,469,669)        (506,652)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                           1,976,321          506,652
                                                                                     -------------   --------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                             $     506,652   $           -
                                                                                     =============   ==============
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996

1.   BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Business - Health  Fitness  Physical  Therapy,  Inc. and subsidiaries  (the
     Company)  is engaged in two  principal  lines of business  (segments):  (i)
     preventative  healthcare and (ii) rehabilitative  healthcare.  Preventative
     healthcare includes the development, marketing, and management of corporate
     and  hospital-based  fitness  centers  and  selling  of  fitness  equipment
     service  and  fitness related  soft-goods  such as shirts,  hats, and other
     items.  Rehabilitative  healthcare  relates to the  operation  of  physical
     therapy  clinics that provide a full range of  rehabilitation  services and
     the  operation  of a  national  network  of  independent  physical  therapy
     clinics.  The Company provides  management and consulting contract services
     in 26  states,  conducts  fitness  equipment  sales from two  locations  in
     Minnesota,  provides  physical  therapy services from clinics in California
     and  Minnesota,  and conducts the  operation,  in Arizona,  of a network of
     independent physical therapy clinics.

     Consolidation - The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts
     of Health Fitness Physical Therapy,  Inc. and its subsidiaries,  Sports and
     Orthopedic  Physical  Therapy,  Inc.,  Health Fitness  Physical  Therapy of
     Tahoe,  Inc.,  Health Fitness Rehab,  Inc.,  Fitness Centers of America dba
     Fitness Systems,  and The Preferred  Companies,  Inc. dba Preferred Therapy
     Providers   of  America.   All   significant   intercompany   balances  and
     transactions have been eliminated.

     Cash  Equivalents - The Company  considers  all highly  liquid  investments
     purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Trade  Accounts   Receivable  -  Trade  accounts   receivable  relating  to
     preventative   healthcare   represent   amounts  due  from   companies  and
     individuals  for services or products  shipped.  Trade accounts  receivable
     relating to rehabilitative healthcare represent amounts due from companies,
     primarily insurance companies, and individuals. The Company has experienced
     that some  rehabilitative  accounts  receivable may not be collected within
     one year  from the date of  service.  Therefore,  a  portion  of the  trade
     accounts receivable balance is classified as noncurrent.

     Inventories - Inventories,  which consist  primarily of fitness  equipment,
     are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market.

     Deferred Revenue - Deferred revenue represents  billings in advance for the
     management  of corporate  and  hospital-based  fitness  centers and amounts
     received  in  excess  of  revenues   recognized  to  date  on   contracting
     third-party payor contracts.

     Revenue  Recognition  - All  revenues,  except  for  the  sale  of  fitness
     equipment and soft-goods and revenues from  contracting  third-party  payor
     contracts,  are  recognized  at the time the service is provided.  Revenues
     relating to the sale of equipment and  soft-goods  is  recognized  when the
     product is shipped.  Revenues from contracting  third-party payor contracts
     is recognized over the contract period.
<PAGE>

     Concentrations  of Credit Risks - The Company grants credit to customers in
     the ordinary course of business. Concentrations of credit risk with respect
     to trade  receivables  are limited due to the number of customers and their
     geographic dispersion.

     Property - Property is stated at cost.  Depreciation  and  amortization are
     computed using both  straight-line and accelerated  methods over the useful
     lives of the assets or the terms of the capital leases.

     Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price and related
     costs  over  the fair  value  of the net  assets  of  businesses  acquired.
     Goodwill  relating to  rehabilitative  healthcare  is being  amortized on a
     straight-line   basis  over  primarily  15  years.   Goodwill  relating  to
     preventative  healthcare acquisitions is being amortized on a straight-line
     basis over 15 or 20 years.

     Subsequent  payments  of  earn-out  provisions  will  be  accounted  for as
     adjustments  to goodwill and  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over the
     remaining life of the goodwill associated with the acquired company.

     Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets - The Company reviews long-lived assets
     and goodwill  related to those  assets for  impairment  whenever  events or
     changes in  circumstances  indicate the carrying value of an asset or group
     of assets  may not be  recoverable.  The  Company  considers  a history  of
     operating  losses to be its  primary  indicator  of  potential  impairment.
     Assets are grouped and  evaluated  for  impairment  at the lowest level for
     which there are  identifiable  cash flows,  the continued  operations of an
     entity  acquired.  The long-lived  assets  relating to the operations of an
     entity  acquired is deemed  impaired if a forecast of  undiscounted  future
     operating cash flows  directly  related to the entity,  including  disposal
     value,  if any, is less than its carrying  amount.  If the operations of an
     entity  acquired  is deemed to be  impaired,  the loss is  measured  as the
     amount  by which the  carrying  amount of the  long-lived  assets  directly
     associated  with the  operations  of the acquired  entity  exceeds its fair
     value.  Fair value is based on quoted market prices in active  markets,  if
     available.  If quoted market prices are not available,  an estimate of fair
     value is based on the best  information  available,  including  prices  for
     similar  assets or the results of valuation  techniques  such as discounted
     estimated  future  cash  flows  as if  the  decision  to  continue  to  the
     operations of the impaired  acquired entity was a new investment  decision.
     The Company generally  measures fair value by discounting  estimated future
     cash  flows.  Considerable  management  judgment is  necessary  to estimate
     discounted  future  cash  flows.  Accordingly,  actual  results  could vary
     significantly from such estimates.

     Labor - The Company's rehabilitative operations are dependent on attracting
     and retaining highly qualified  physical  therapists.  To date, the Company
     has not  experienced  significant  difficulty in  attracting  and retaining
     qualified  physical  therapists,   even  though  the  demand  for  physical
     therapists  exceeds the available supply. The Company's ability to increase
     its  fees  to  cover  such  additional  costs  may  be  restricted  by  the
     cost-containment pressures on health care providers.

     Income  Taxes - The  Company  utilizes  the asset and  liability  method of
     accounting   for  income  taxes  as  required  by  Statement  of  Financial
     Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.  Deferred
     income tax assets and  liabilities  are computed  annually for  differences
     between the  financial  statement  and tax basis of assets and  liabilities
     that will result in taxable or  deductible  amounts in the future  based on
     enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to the  periods  in  which  the
     differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
     established  when  necessary  to reduce  deferred  tax assets to the amount
     expected  to be  realized.  Income  tax  expense  is  the  tax  payable  or
     refundable  for the period  plus or minus the  change  during the period in
     deferred tax assets and liabilities.
<PAGE>
     Use of Estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements
     in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires
     management  to make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the
     reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent
     assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements
     and the  reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses  during the  reporting
     period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share - The net (loss) income per common share
     is based on the  weighted  average  number of common and common  equivalent
     shares  outstanding  during the period  using the modified  treasury  stock
     method.  Net (loss) income per common share assuming full dilution would be
     substantially the same.

     The weighted average number of common and common  equivalent shares for the
     year ended December 31, 1996, includes 292,829 contingent shares assumed to
     be issued to the sellers of Fitness  Centers of America dba Fitness Systems
     (Fitness Systems).  The Company is obligated to issue the contingent shares
     to the sellers of Fitness Systems so that the aggregate value of the common
     stock issued in connection  with the  acquisition of Fitness Systems equals
     $1,200,000  based on the average closing sale price of the Company's common
     stock  during the fourth  quarter of 1996 not  reaching  at least $6.00 per
     share during the same three-month  average price  calculation.  Options and
     warrants were not included as common stock  equivalents  for the year ended
     December 31, 1996 due to their antidilutive effect.

     The weighted average number of common and common  equivalent shares for the
     year ended December 31, 1995 does not include contingent  shares,  options,
     and warrants due to their antidilutive effect.

     Reclassifications  -  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the
     December  31,  1995  financial  statements  to conform to the  presentation
     adopted   in   the   December   31,   1996   financial   statements.    The
     reclassifications  had no  effect  on  stockholders'  equity or net loss as
     previously reported.

2.   ACQUISITIONS

     On April 6, 1995,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of all of the
     issued and  outstanding  stock (the Acquired Stock) of closely held Fitness
     Systems,  a  California-based  operator of corporate  fitness  centers.  In
     connection  with the  acquisition  of  Fitness  Systems,  assets  acquired,
     liabilities assumed,  notes and common stock issued, and cash consideration
     paid were as follows:

<PAGE>

        Assets acquired:                                    
         Cash                                                 $        6,284
         Accounts receivable                                       1,224,810
         Prepaid expenses and other                                  122,885
         Property                                                    102,250
         Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired         6,957,095
                                                              --------------
                                                                   8,413,324
        Liabilities assumed:
         Accounts payable                                             55,393
         Accrued expenses                                          1,394,074
         Deferred revenue                                            817,311
                                                              --------------
                                                                   2,266,778
        Notes issued                                                 896,231
        Common stock issued                                          792,594
                                                              --------------
        Cash consideration paid                               $    4,457,721
                                                              ==============

     The Company paid William L. Horton,  Fitness  Systems' Chief  Executive and
     majority  shareholder,  and certain other shareholder  employees of Fitness
     Systems  (the  Sellers)  $3,000,000  in cash  and  executed  $1,000,000  of
     noninterest-bearing  secured  promissory  notes in favor of the  Sellers as
     partial  consideration  for the Acquired  Stock.  In addition,  the Company
     issued  160,000  shares of its common stock to the Sellers on April 6, 1995
     and issued an additional  40,000 shares of stock to the Sellers on April 6,
     1996. The Company contractually agreed with the Sellers that if the average
     closing sale price of the Company's publicly traded stock during the fourth
     calendar  quarter  of 1996 does not reach at least  $6.00  per  share,  the
     Company  would  issue  sufficient  additional  shares  of stock so that the
     aggregate value of the stock  consideration  equals $1,200,000 based on the
     same three-month average price calculation.  The Company will issue 292,829
     shares  of  common  stock  in  1997 so the  aggregate  value  of the  stock
     consideration   equals   $1,200,000.   In   addition   to   the   foregoing
     consideration,  the  selling  shareholders  retained  the rights to receive
     collections of accounts  receivable and certain other assets outstanding as
     of March 31, 1995, which approximated $1,270,000, and retained ownership of
     certain other assets.  The Sellers are also entitled to certain  "earn-out"
     payments equal to 10% of the gross profits, as defined, of Fitness  Systems
     for each of the five years ending  December 31, 1995 through 1999.  For the
     years ended  December  31, 1995 and 1996,  the  Company  incurred  costs of
     $126,883 and $178,188,  respectively,  relating to the earn-out  provision.
     Finally,  William L. Horton was paid $60,000  pursuant to a consulting  and
     noncompete  agreement  executed in  connection  with the  transaction.  The
     $60,000 was expensed during the term of the consulting agreement,  April 6,
     1995 to October 6, 1995.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being  amortized  over  20  years  using  the  straight-line   method.  The
     consolidated  statements of operations include the results of operations of
     Fitness Systems since April 1, 1995.

     The  following   unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  combined  statements  of
     operations  reflect  the  combined  operations  of the  Company and Fitness
     Systems  during the year ended  December  31,  1995,  adjusted  for related
     financing  costs,  as if the  acquisition and the financing had occurred at
     the  beginning  of  1995.  (Pro  forma  information  relating  to the  1996
     acquisitions  discussed  below is not  included  due to the  impact  of the
     acquired companies being  insignificant.) The unaudited pro forma condensed
     combined  statements of operations may not  necessarily  reflect the actual
     operations of the Company which would have resulted had the acquisition and
     related  financing  occurred as of the date  presented.  The  unaudited pro
     forma  information  is not  necessarily  indicative  of future  results  of
     operations for the combined companies.
<PAGE>

     Revenues                                                   $  20,514,000  
     Cost of revenues                                              16,151,000
                                                                -------------
     Gross profit                                                   4,363,000  
     Operating  expenses                                            4,397,000  
                                                                ------------- 
     Net loss                                                   $     (34,000)  
                                                                =============  
     Net loss per common and common equivalent share            $        (.01) 
                                                                =============  
     Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
     outstanding                                                    6,657,000  
                                                                =============  

     On January 11, 1996,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of all of the
     assets and assumed the liabilities of closely held Pro Source Fitness, Inc.
     (Pro Source), a Minnesota-based supplier of fitness equipment and services.
     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, Pro Source  reported  revenues
     of  $4,992,000.  In  connection  with the  acquisition,  assets  purchased,
     liabilities assumed, and cash consideration paid were as follows:

     Assets acquired:                                      
      Cash                                                      $     9,648
      Accounts receivable                                           285,666
      Inventories                                                   367,901
      Prepaid expenses and other                                     37,676
      Property                                                      237,745
      Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired             135,369
                                                                --------------
                                                                  1,074,005
     Liabilities assumed:
      Accounts payable                                              497,862
      Accrued expenses and other                                    116,795
      Debt                                                          361,752
                                                                --------------
                                                                    976,409
                                                                --------------
     Cash consideration paid                                    $    97,596
                                                                ==============

     The purchase  agreement requires the Company to make an annual cash payment
     (the earn-out  provision) of up to 30% of gross profits, as defined, to the
     seller  for  four  calendar  years  starting  in 1996.  For the year  ended
     December 31, 1996, the Company  incurred costs of $107,875  relating to the
     earn-out provision.

     The Company entered into  employment  agreements with certain key employees
     of Pro Source for terms of two to four years.  These agreements provide for
     minimum  aggregate  annual  salaries  of  approximately  $135,000  and also
     provide for incentive awards based on performance. The Company also granted
     stock  options to the former  owners of Pro Source to purchase up to 75,000
     shares of the Company's  common stock at $3.00 per share in connection with
     these employment agreements.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being  amortized  over  15  years  using  the  straight-line   method.  The
     consolidated  statements of operations include the results of operations of
     Pro Source since January 1, 1996.
<PAGE>

     On April 1, 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Christopher  Breuleux,
     a  sole  proprietor  engaged  in the  business  of  providing  preventative
     healthcare  development  consulting services, for $84,336. The Company also
     granted Mr.  Breuleux  stock options to purchase up to 25,000 shares of the
     Company's  stock  at $3.00  per  share in  connection  with his  employment
     agreement.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being  amortized  over seven  years  using the  straight-line  method.  The
     consolidated  statements of operations include the results of operations of
     the assets acquired since April 1, 1996.

     On July 2, 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Physical Therapy of Red
     Wing,  a general  partnership  engaged in the  operation  of an  outpatient
     physical  therapy  clinic,  for  $25,000.  The Company  also  entered  into
     noncompete  agreements with the sellers that called for a lump-sum  payment
     of  $25,000.  The  noncompete  agreements  cover a period  of two years and
     prohibit the sellers from directly or indirectly competing with the Company
     within 25 miles of the city of Red Wing, Minnesota.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being  amortized  over three  years  using the  straight-line  method.  The
     consolidated  statements of operations include the results of operations of
     Physical Therapy of Red Wing since July 2, 1996.

     On December 1, 1996,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of all of the
     issued and outstanding stock of closely held The Preferred Companies,  Inc.
     dba  Preferred  Therapy  Providers of America  (Preferred).  Preferred,  an
     Arizona-based  company, is an operator of a national network of independent
     physical  therapy  clinics.  For the eleven months ended November 30, 1996,
     Preferred  had revenues of $600,000  (unaudited).  The  purchase  agreement
     contained a  noncompete  provision  which covers a period of five years and
     prohibits the former owners from directly or indirectly  competing with the
     Company. In connection with the acquisition of Preferred,  assets acquired,
     liabilities  assumed,  notes issued,  and cash  consideration  paid were as
     follows:

     Assets acquired:                                     
       Cash                                                       $       5,121
       Accounts receivable                                               10,928
       Prepaid expenses and other                                         2,040
       Property                                                           5,122
       Noncompete agreement                                              20,000
       Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired                998,261
                                                                  -------------
                                                                      1,041,472

     Liabilities assumed:
       Notes payable                                                     15,000
       Accounts payable                                                   1,295
       Accrued expenses                                                  21,458
       Deferred revenue                                                 342,041
                                                                  -------------
                                                                        379,794
     Notes issued                                                       300,000
                                                                  -------------
     Cash consideration paid                                      $     361,678
                                                                  =============
<PAGE>

     The notes  issued are  convertible,  subordinated  promissory  notes,  bear
     interest at 8%, and are due December 1, 1998, unless converted earlier. The
     convertible,   subordinated  promissory  notes  and  accrued  interest  are
     convertible  at  the  option  of the  holders  after  May  30,  1997,  at a
     conversion price of the lesser of 85% of the average bid price per share of
     the Company's common stock over the immediately  preceding 10 days or $4.00
     per share.

     The purchase  agreement  requires the Company to make annual payments of up
     to 25% of net income  from  operations,  as  defined,  for each of the five
     fiscal years ending December 31, 1997 through 2001. The annual payment,  if
     any, is due in a combination of 50% in cash and 50% in the Company's common
     stock. The number of shares issued in connection with the annual payment is
     calculated by dividing the portion of the annual payment  payable in common
     stock by $4.00.

     The purchase  agreement also required the Company to enter into  employment
     agreements  with certain key  employees of Preferred for a term of 5 years.
     These agreements provide for minimum aggregate annual salaries of $270,000.
     The Company also granted  stock  options to purchase up to 87,000 shares of
     the  Company's  common  stock at $4.00  per  share in  connection  with the
     employment agreements.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being  amortized  over  15  years  using  the  straight-line   method.  The
     consolidated  statements of operations include the results of operations of
     Preferred since December 1, 1996.

3.   NONCOMPETE AGREEMENTS

     On September 27, 1995, the Company entered into a noncompete and separation
     agreement with a regional vice  president.  The regional vice president was
     the former owner of a corporate  fitness  center  operator  acquired by the
     Company  in  1992.  The  separation  agreement  permitted  the  Company  to
     terminate  its  employment  and bonus  obligations  to that  regional  vice
     president.  The Company  made a lump-sum  payment of $199,908 to the former
     employee and issued a note in the amount of $186,942.  The note was paid in
     1996.  In  addition,  the Company  granted the  employee  stock  options to
     purchase  a total of 30,000  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock at an
     option price of $3.00 per share, which expire on July 31, 2000.

     The noncompete  agreement  covers a period of seven years and prohibits the
     former employee from directly or indirectly competing with the Company. The
     payments  associated  with  this  agreement  will  be  amortized  over  the
     seven-year term of the noncompete agreement.

     The Company also entered into noncompete  agreements with the former owners
     of two companies acquired in 1996 (see Note 2).

<PAGE>
4.   PROPERTY

     Property at December 31 consists of the following:     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1995             1996
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>   
     Leasehold improvements                                         $    166,010    $     370,554
     Office equipment                                                    474,512        1,602,473
     Preventative and rehabilitative healthcare equipment                731,039          992,345
                                                                    ------------    -------------
                                                                       1,371,561        2,965,372
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                      564,147          780,037
                                                                    ------------    -------------
                                                                    $    807,414    $   2,185,335
                                                                    ============    =============
</TABLE>

     Included in  preventative  and  rehabilitative  healthcare  equipment is
     equipment  under  capital  leases at cost of  $159,990  and  accumulated
     amortization of $123,708 as of December 31, 1995.

5.   FINANCING

     Notes Payable - Notes payable at December 31 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1995              1996
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>   

     Revolving line of credit                                                        $    1,475,000
     Term loan                                                                              600,000
     Convertible, unsecured promissory notes                       $   1,496,885
     Noninterest bearing $1,000,000 note payable; paid in 1996           970,922
     Note payable; paid in 1996                                          186,942
     Note payable under unsecured revolving line of credit                                   15,000
                                                                   -------------     --------------
                                                                   $   2,654,749     $    2,090,000
                                                                   =============     ==============
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1996, the Company had a term loan and credit agreement (the
     Agreement)  that provided for a $600,000 term loan and a revolving  line of
     credit which  provided for maximum  borrowings of $1.5 million.  Borrowings
     under the Agreement were due May 31, 1997.

     On February 4, 1997,  the  Agreement  was amended and restated (the Amended
     Agreement).  The Amended Agreement increased the $600,000 term note to $2.5
     million,  subject to certain conditions,  and extended the due dates of the
     term loan and the revolving line of credit to January 31, 2000. The Company
     has borrowings of $2.5 million under the term loan. The term note is due in
     eight quarterly installments of $100,000, beginning January 31, 1998, and a
     final payment of $1.7 million on January 31, 2000.  Interest on outstanding
     term loan  borrowings is payable  monthly and is computed at the prime rate
     plus 6%. Revolving line of credit  borrowings are limited based on eligible
     borrowings,  as defined.  Interest on outstanding  revolving line of credit
     borrowings  is payable  monthly  and is computed at the prime rate plus 2%.
     Borrowings under the Amended Agreement are secured by substantially all the
     Company's assets and personally guaranteed by the Company's president.  The
     agreement  contains  various  restrictive  covenants  relating to quarterly
     minimum  levels of net  worth and net  income,  limitations  on  additional
     indebtedness and capital  expenditures,  prohibits dividend  payments,  and
     other matters.

<PAGE>

     At December 31, 1996,  the Company also had an unsecured  revolving line of
     credit  providing  up to  $50,000 in  financing.  Interest  on  outstanding
     borrowings  under  the line of  credit  was at 2.60%  over the  prime  rate
     (10.85% at December 31, 1996).

     During  1995,  the  Company  received  proceeds  of $3.6  million  from the
     issuance of convertible, unsecured promissory notes (the Convertible Notes)
     and warrants to purchase  574,666  shares of the Company's  common stock. A
     value of  $106,183  was  assigned  to the  warrants,  based on  independent
     appraisal, which has been credited to additional paid-in-capital, resulting
     in a similar amount of original issue discount.  The Convertible Notes with
     an aggregate  face value of $1.5 million,  $1.1  million,  and $1.0 million
     bear  interest  at  11%,  at  the  prime  rate  plus  2%,  and  at  10.75%,
     respectively. The Convertible Notes and accrued interest are convertible at
     the option of the holder any time after 120 days from the date of  issuance
     unless the  Company  allows the holder to convert  earlier  into  shares of
     common stock at a conversion  price of the lesser of 85% of the average bid
     price per share of the Company's  stock over the  immediately  preceding 10
     days or  $3.33  per  share.  During  1995,  holders  of  Convertible  Notes
     converted  their  notes with an  aggregate  face value of $2.1  million and
     accrued  interest of $77,570 into 1,025,635  shares of the Company's common
     stock. The Convertible  Notes balance at December 31, 1995 consisted of two
     Convertible  Notes with face values of $1.0  million due  February 1, 1996,
     and $500,000 due June 20, 1996.  The warrants are  exercisable at $4.00 per
     share and expire in 1999 and 2000.

     On February 1, 1996, the Company  entered into an agreement with the holder
     of the  Convertible  Note with a face value of $1.0 million.  The agreement
     required a principal  payment of $500,000  plus  accrued  interest  and the
     issuance  of  a  new  convertible   unsecured   promissory  note  (the  New
     Convertible  Note).  The agreement  also required the Company to reduce the
     exercise  price of the warrant to purchase  250,000 shares of the Company's
     common stock issued in connection with the  Convertible  Note from $4.00 to
     $3.00 (the New  Warrants).  A value of $40,000 has been assigned to the New
     Warrants,  based on  independent  appraisal,  which  has been  credited  to
     additional paid-in capital, resulting in a similar amount of original issue
     discount. The $500,000 plus accrued interest was paid in 1996.

     During 1996,  holders of the New Convertible Note and the Convertible Notes
     with a face value of $500,000 due June 20, 1996  converted  their notes and
     accrued  interest of $68,135 into 456,955  shares of the  Company's  common
     stock.

     The  Company  incurred  costs of $167,465  and issued  warrants to purchase
     196,667  shares of the Company's  common stock  relating to the issuance of
     the  Convertible  Notes.  A value of $39,333 was  assigned to the  warrants
     based on an  independent  appraisal.  These  costs and the  original  issue
     discount were amortized using the interest method from the date of issuance
     to conversion.

     Long-Term Debt - Long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1995             1996
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>    

     Noninterest  bearing notes  payable,  discounted  using  discount  rates
       between 8.75% and 9.25%,  due in annual  installments of $255,000 with
       final payment in 1998                                                    $     666,133   $       470,964
     Convertible, subordinated promissory notes                                                         300,000
     Note payable, secured by inventory, interest at 9.90%,
       due in monthly installments of $5,209 through 1988                                                86,804
     Capital lease obligations, paid in 1996                                           36,501
                                                                                -------------   ---------------
                                                                                      702,634           857,768
     Less current portion                                                             228,556           281,278
                                                                                -------------   ---------------
                                                                                $     474,078   $       576,490
                                                                                =============   ===============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     The convertible,  subordinated promissory notes bear interest at 8% and are
     due  December  1,  1998,   unless  converted   earlier.   The  convertible,
     subordinated  notes and accrued  interest are  convertible at the option of
     the holders  after May 30, 1997 at a conversion  price of the lesser of 85%
     of the average bid price per share of the  Company's  common stock over the
     immediately preceding ten days or $4.00 per share.

     Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1996 are as follows:

     Years ending December 31:
       1997                                                   $    281,278
       1998                                                        576,490
                                                              ------------
                                                              $    857,768
                                                              ============

     The fair value of the  Company's  financing  is  estimated  at its carrying
     value based on the rates currently available to the Company.

6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Leases - The Company leased certain equipment and vehicles under agreements
     which  substantially  cover the  estimated  useful lives of the  respective
     assets.  These  agreements  were  capitalized  at the present  value of the
     future minimum lease payments.

     The Company also leases office space and equipment under operating  leases.
     In addition to base rental  payments,  these leases  require the Company to
     pay its proportionate share of real estate taxes, special assessments,  and
     maintenance  costs.  These  leases can be renewed for  additional  one-year
     periods.

     Costs  incurred  under  operating  leased are  recorded as rent expense and
     aggregated  approximately  $972,000  and  $1,338,000  for the  years  ended
     December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

     The minimum lease payments due under operating  leases at December 31, 1996
     are as follows:

     Years ending December 31:
       1997                                                      $  1,222,308
       1998                                                           697,920
       1999                                                           496,632
       2000                                                           186,156
       2001                                                           186,156
                                                                 ------------
                                                                 $  2,789,172
                                                                 ============

     Employment  Agreements - The Company has entered into employment agreements
     with certain key employees for terms of two or seven years.  The agreements
     provide for minimum  aggregate annual salaries of approximately  $1,310,000
     and also provide for incentive awards based on performance.

     Development  Agreements  - During  1996,  the  Company  entered  into three
     agreements  relating to the  development  of a management  information  and
     control system specifically  designed to assist the Company in managing its
     operations.
<PAGE>

     In September  1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement with a software
     developer for 70 site licenses and limited service and support for a period
     of two years from the  installment  date, as defined.  The software will be
     used in managing the  Company's  preventative  healthcare  operations.  The
     Company  agreed to purchase the original site licenses and limited  service
     and support for $370,000, issue 10,000 shares of common stock, and grant an
     option to purchase  5,000  shares of common  stock on each of the first and
     second anniversaries of the agreement. Such costs are included in property.
     The value of the common stock issued $26,250,  was determined  based on the
     market  value of the  Company's  common  stock.  The  options  will have an
     exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock
     on the date of grant. Options to purchase 1,666 shares of common stock vest
     on the grant date and options to purchase 1,667 shares of common stock vest
     on the first and second  anniversaries of the grant date. After the initial
     two-year  period,  the Company may purchase ongoing service and support for
     the 70 sites at a rate of $75,000 per year and the issuance of an option to
     purchase  5,000  shares of common  stock at an exercise  price equal to the
     fair  market  value of the  Company's  common  stock.  The Company had paid
     $57,000 of the original purchase price in 1996 and $253,000 from January 1,
     1997 through April 10, 1997. The remaining  $60,000 is due in  installments
     of $40,000 and $20,000 on July 1, 1997 and October 1, 1997, respectively.

     In October 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with a consulting
     company (one of the owners of the  consulting  company is also an executive
     officer of the Company) for the design and  implementation  of a management
     information and control system and to serve as a broker in the purchase and
     sale of physical  therapy  clinics.  The system will be used  primarily  in
     managing the Company's rehabilitative healthcare operations.  The projected
     cost  relating to the  contract,  including  the purchase of equipment  and
     software,  is $1,810,000.  As part of the  agreement,  the Company has also
     issued a warrant to purchase  70,431  shares of common stock at an exercise
     price of  $4.00.  The  warrant  is  exercisable  at the  completion  of the
     agreement,  as defined,  and expires in October 2003. The fair market value
     of the warrant will also be determined at the  completion of the agreement,
     as defined. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has paid $637,000 relating
     to this agreement.

     In December  1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with a software
     developer and received a paid-up, perpetual, nonexclusive right and license
     to use the  developer's  software in managing the Company's  rehabilitative
     healthcare operations.  At the signing of the agreement, the Company agreed
     to purchase 300 site  licenses for  $150,000.  The Company paid $50,000 for
     100 site  licenses at the signing of the  agreement  and agreed to purchase
     100 site licenses for $50,000 no later than September 15, 1997, and another
     100 site  licenses no later than May 15, 1998.  The Company has also agreed
     to  purchase  service  and support at a rate of $500 per site for the first
     125 sites.  The rate for service and support for  additional  sites will be
     negotiated in the future.

     Benefit Plan - The Company has defined contribution plans which conforms to
     IRS provisions  for 401(k) plans.  Employees are eligible to participate in
     the plan  providing they have attained the age of 21 and have completed one
     year of service.  Participants  may contribute up to 15% of their earnings,
     and the Company may make certain matching  contributions.  The Company made
     matching  contributions  of $40,000  and  $67,000  during  the years  ended
     December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

     Legal  Proceedings  - On April 17,  1996, a former  employee  filed a claim
     against the  Company,  alleging  wrongful  termination  of  employment  and
     discrimination.  The  plaintiff  has not  claimed  a  specified  amount  of
     damages.  The Company  tendered the defense of this claim to its  insurance
     carrier;  and the insurance carrier's response has been that there would be
     no insurance coverage for the liability represented by this litigation. The
     Company believes this claim is without merit and will defend it vigorously.
     The  Company  believes  that  the  outcome  of this  claim  will not have a
     material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operation.
<PAGE>
     The Company is also involved in various other claims and lawsuits  incident
     to the operation of its business,  including  claims arising from accidents
     or from the negligent  provision of physical therapy services.  The Company
     believes that their outcome will not have a material  adverse effect on its
     financial condition or results of operation.

     Guarantee - The  Company has  received  minority  interests  in two limited
     liability  companies (LLCs) in exchange for $1,782,  guaranteeing a $38,724
     obligation for one LLC, and entering into an equipment  lease with one LLC.
     The  Company  has  deferred  the  profit on the leased  equipment  and will
     recognize the profit  ratably over the lease term.  One LLC (the  operating
     LLC)  operates a  hospital-based  fitness  center  pursuant  to a trademark
     license  from the other LLC. The Company has also entered into a management
     contract with the operating LLC to manage the fitness center.

7.   EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

     Issuance  of Common  Stock - In January  1995,  the  Company  received  net
     proceeds of $363,990  when  underwriters  of the Company's  initial  public
     offering exercised their overallotment option to purchase 140,000 shares of
     common stock at $3.00 per share.  During  September  through December 1995,
     the  Company  issued  1,025,635  shares  of  common  stock  to  holders  of
     Convertible Notes electing to convert their notes with a face value of $2.1
     million and accrued interest of $77,570.

     In 1996,  the Company  issued  456,955 shares of common stock to holders of
     the New Convertible  Note and a Convertible  Note electing to convert their
     notes with a face value of $1.0 million and accrued interest of $60,135. In
     1996,  the Company also issued  10,000 shares of common stock in connection
     with a software license agreement.  The value of the common stock, $26,250,
     was determined based on the market value of the Company's common stock.

     Stock  Options - Effective  February 24, 1992,  the Board of Directors  and
     stockholders  of the Company  adopted the 1992 Incentive  Stock Option Plan
     and the 1992  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan (the Plans).  On December 31,
     1993, the provisions for granting options under the Plan expired. The Plans
     provided for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock to key
     employees and advisors of the Company at exercise prices not less than 100%
     of the fair market value at the date of grant and 110% for incentive  stock
     options to  individuals  owning 10% or more of the Company's  common stock.
     During  1994,  the  Company  also  granted  options  outside of the Plan to
     purchase  52,800  shares of common  stock for prices  ranging from $1.56 to
     $3.16 in connection  with three  employment  agreements.  During 1995,  the
     Board of Directors and shareholders  approved a 1995 Stock Option Plan. The
     aggregate  number of shares of common stock that could be issued under this
     Plan is 1,000,000 shares of common stock.

     Generally,  the options  outstanding (1) are granted at prices equal to the
     market  value  of the  stock on the date of  grant,  (2) vest  immediately,
     ratably over a five year vesting  period,  or one year prior to expiration,
     and,  (3) expire over a period of five or ten years from the date of grant.
     No previously issued options have been repriced.
<PAGE>


     A summary of the status of the Company's stock options are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1995                       1996
                                                         --------------------------  -------------------------
                                                                          Weighted                   Weighted
                                                                           Average                    Average
                                                                          Exercise                   Exercise
                                                            Shares          Price        Shares        Price
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>    


     Outstanding at beginning of year                         496,800     $    .90        725,212     $   1.56
     Granted                                                  230,012         3.01        359,235         3.24
     Exercised                                                   (200)        1.56       (135,000)         .66
     Terminated                                                (1,400)        2.48        (49,748)        1.09
                                                         ------------                ------------
     Outstanding at end of year                               725,212     $   1.56        899,699     $   2.39
                                                         ============     ========   ============     ========

     Options exercisable at year-end                          516,200     $   1.25        510,835     $   1.80
                                                         ============     ========   ============     ========

     Options available for future grants                      731,588                     422,101
                                                         ============                ============
</TABLE>


     The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based  compensation
     using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting  Principles Board
     (APB) Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations.  No compensation cost has
     been  recognized for options issued under the Plans when the exercise price
     of the  options  granted are at least equal to the fair value of the common
     stock on the date of grant. Had  compensation  cost for the Company's stock
     option plans been determined  based on the fair value at the grant date for
     awards in 1995 and 1996,  consistent  with the  provisions  of Statement of
     Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
     Compensation, the Company's net (loss) income would have changed to the pro
     forma amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1995           1996
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>   
     Net (loss) income, as reported                           $    (211,985)  $    1,005,581
     Net (loss) income, pro forma                             $    (343,130)  $      822,306

     Net (loss) income per common share, as reported          $        (.04)  $         .14
     Net (loss) income per common share, pro forma            $        (.06)  $         .11
</TABLE>

     The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated  on the grant date using
     the Black-Scholes  option-pricing model with the following  assumptions and
     results for the grants:

                                                   1995               1996

     Dividend yield                                None               None
     Expected volatility                          41.18%             53.67%
     Expected life of option                      5 years         5 or 10 years
     Risk-free interest rate                       6.06%              6.23%
     Fair value of options on grant date           $1.23              $1.49



<PAGE>

     The following table summarizes  information about stock options at December
     31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Options Outstanding                        Options Exercisable
                              -----------------------------------------------      -------------------------
                                              Weighted Average       Weighted                       Weighted
                                                  Remaining           Average                        Average
         Range of               Number        Contractual Life       Exercise         Number        Exercise
      Exercise Prices         Outstanding          (Years)             Price        Exercisable       Price
<S>                             <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>           <C>    


      $.65 - $1.56              270,600             .47               $   .81          266,200       $   .80
       2.18 - 2.50               50,400            2.27                  2.20           32,400          2.19
       3.00 - 3.16              491,699            3.92                  3.00          212,235          3.00
           4.00                  87,000            9.92                  4.00                           4.00
                             ----------                                             ----------
                                899,699            3.37                 $2.39          510,835       $  1.80
                             ==========            ====                 =====       ==========       =======
</TABLE>


     Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan - During 1995,  the Board of Directors  and
     Stockholders  adopted an Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the Stock Purchase
     Plan).  The Stock Purchase Plan allows  employees to purchase shares of the
     Company's  common stock at 90% of the fair market  value,  as defined.  The
     aggregate number of shares that could be issued is 200,000 shares of common
     stock.  During  1996,  the  Company  issued  7,317  shares  under the Stock
     Purchase Plan.

     Warrants - The Company has issued  warrants to directors,  selling  agents,
     and  consultants  in  consideration  for services  performed.  The warrants
     expire at various dates in fiscal years 1997 to 2003.  The Company has also
     issued  warrants in  connection  with the  issuance of debt.  The  warrants
     issued  in  connection  with the debt  expire  in 1999  and  2000.  Warrant
     activity is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        Exercise
                                              Number of                                   Price
                                               Shares            Exercisable            Per Share
<S>                                            <C>                <C>                  <C>    

     Balances at December 31, 1994             1,121,992            941,992            $.59 - $3.16
      Granted                                    773,733            328,733             2.25 - 4.00
      Exercised                                 (113,300)          (113,300)                   2.25
      Became exercisable                                            180,000                    3.60
      Terminated                                (553,700)          (553,700)                   2.25
                                            ------------         ----------
     Balances at December 31, 1995             1,228,725            783,725              .59 - 4.00
      Granted                                    322,831                                2.63 - 4.00
      Exercised                                  (86,592)           (86,592)             .59 - 2.19
      Became exercisable                                            446,600             2.63 - 4.00
      Terminated                                (250,000)                                      4.00
                                            ------------         ----------
     Balances at December 31, 1996             1,214,964          1,143,733           $1.25 - $4.00
                                            ============         ==========
</TABLE>

     Warrants  to  purchase  180,000  shares of common  stock at $3.60 per share
     contain a net value  exercise  provision  allowing  for the  issuance  of a
     lesser number of shares than provided for in the warrant without payment of
     the cash exercise price.

     Stockholder Note and Interest Receivable - Note and interest receivable are
     amounts due from a stockholder  and officer of the Company.  The amount due
     represents  receivables  relating to transactions  with the stockholder and
     officer of the Company.

<PAGE>
8.   INCOME TAXES

     Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1996, has been offset by
     a reduction in the valuation allowance  for deferred taxes. The benefit for
     income  taxes has been offset by a valuation  allowance  for the year ended
     December 31, 1995,  because the Company's net operating losses could not be
     carried back and future realization of the net operating loss carryforwards
     is uncertain.

     A reconciliation  between taxes computed at the expected federal income tax
     rate and the  effective  tax rate for the  years  ended  December  31 is as
     follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1995            1996
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>  
     Tax benefit (expense) computed at statutory rates         $    70,000    $    (350,000)
     State taxes, net of federal effect                             10,000          (50,000)
     Nondeductible goodwill amortization                           (90,000)        (120,000)
     Other                                                         (10,000)         (10,000)
     Change in valuation allowance                                  20,000          530,000
                                                               -----------    -------------
                                                               $        -     $          -
                                                               ===========    =============
</TABLE>

     At December  31,  1996,  the Company  had  $1,500,000  of federal and state
     operating loss carryforwards.  The carryforwards  expire from 2004 to 2010.
     The net operating tax loss is limited to $1,200,000 per year under Internal
     Revenue Code Section 382 at December 31, 1996.

     The  tax  effect  of the  temporary  differences,  tax  carryforwards,  and
     valuation allowances at December 31 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                             1995              1996
<S>                                                       <C>               <C> 
     Current:
       Accounts receivable                                                  $   290,000
       Prepaid expenses                                                         (50,000)
       Other                                                                     40,000
       Accrued employee benefits                                                170,000
       Accrual to cash basis adjustment                   $   (390,000)        (700,000)
       Tax loss carryforwards                                  390,000          520,000
       Valuation allowance                                                     (270,000)
                                                          ------------      -----------
                                                          $         -       $        -
                                                          ============      ===========
     Noncurrent:
       Difference between tax and book depreciation
          and amortization                                $    (50,000)     $   (90,000)
       Tax loss carryforwards                                  850,000           90,000
       Valuation allowance                                    (800,000)
                                                          ------------      -----------
                                                          $         -       $        -
                                                          ============      ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
9.   SUPPLEMENTAL  DISCLOSURE  OF CASH FLOW  INFORMATION  AND NONCASH  FINANCING
     ACTIVITIES

     A summary of supplemental  cash flow information and noncash  financing for
     the years ended December 31, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995             1996
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>    
     Cash paid for interest                                                      $     115,328   $      225,434
     Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to equity                      2,177,570        1,054,445
     Issuance of notes payable in connection with acquisitions                         896,231          300,000
     Issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition
       of Fitness Systems                                                              792,594          222,314
     Issuance of common stock in connection with a software license
       agreement                                                                                         26,250
     Issuance of note payable in connection with the noncompete
       agreement                                                                       186,942
     Receivable from the issuance of common stock                                      110,925
</TABLE>

10.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

     Specific  financial  information  by  business  segment is  included in the
     following summary:

                                                1995                   1996
    Revenues:                       
      Preventative healthcare                $   12,135,659    $    21,789,983
      Rehabilitative healthcare                   5,770,546          6,724,361
                                             --------------    ---------------
                                             $   17,906,205    $    28,514,344
                                             ==============    ===============
    Operating income (loss):
      Preventative healthcare                $    1,612,219    $     2,482,149
      Rehabilitative healthcare                     326,765            717,018
      Corporate                                  (1,595,466)        (1,927,437)
                                             --------------    ---------------
                                             $      343,518    $     1,271,730
                                             ==============    ===============
    Identifiable assets:
      Preventative healthcare                $    7,334,989    $     8,967,477
      Rehabilitative healthcare                   3,632,905          5,313,436
      Corporate                                   3,315,730          3,897,984
                                             --------------    ---------------
                                             $   14,283,624    $    18,178,897
                                             ==============    ===============
    Depreciation and amortization:
      Preventative healthcare                $      312,629    $       520,708
      Rehabilitative healthcare                     415,343            342,132
      Corporate                                     299,364            210,805
                                             --------------    ---------------
                                             $    1,027,336    $     1,073,645
                                             ==============    ===============
    Additions to property:
      Preventative healthcare                $        3,800    $       559,817
      Rehabilitative healthcare                      20,070            234,426
      Corporate                                     148,302            119,574
                                             --------------    ---------------
                                             $      172,172    $       913,817
                                             ==============    ===============

<PAGE>

11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     Sale of Physical  Therapy  Clinics - In January 1997, the Company sold four
     underperforming  physical  therapy  clinics.  The total  sale  price of the
     clinics  exceeded the carrying  value of the long-lived  assets  associated
     with the clinics.  In 1996, the clinics generated revenues of approximately
     $1,325,000.

     Acquisitions - On February 7, 1997, the Company  completed the  acquisition
     of certain of the assets and  assumed  the  liabilities  of two related and
     closely held companies:  Isernhagen & Associated, Inc. and Isernhagen, Ltd.
     (Isernhagen).  Isernhagen, Minnesota-based companies, provide comprehensive
     programs   and   services   to   professionals   who  work  in   industrial
     rehabilitation and work injury services. The purchase agreement contained a
     noncompete  provision which covers a period of five years and prohibits the
     former owners from directly or indirectly  competing  with the Company.  In
     connection with the acquisition,  assets purchased and liabilities assumed,
     notes issued, and cash consideration paid were as follows:

     Assets acquired:                                     
      Accounts receivable                                   $      108,900
      Inventories                                                   13,492
      Property                                                       9,159
      Noncompete agreement                                         120,000
      Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired          1,088,260
                                                            --------------
                                                                 1,339,819
     Liabilities assumed:
      Accounts payable                                              26,145
      Accrued expenses                                              45,574
      Deferred revenue                                              18,100
                                                            --------------
                                                                    89,819
     Notes issued                                                  250,000
                                                            --------------
     Cash consideration paid                                $    1,000,000
                                                            ==============

     The Company  also agreed to issue  common stock with a value of $500,000 on
     February 7, 1999,  provided the former owners of Isernhagen are employed by
     the Company on that date.

     The notes  issued are  convertible,  subordinated  promissory  notes,  bear
     interest  at 8%, and are due May 7, 1998,  unless  converted  earlier.  The
     convertible,   subordinated  promissory  notes  and  accrued  interest  are
     convertible  at the  option  of the  holders  after  August 6,  1997,  at a
     conversion price of the lesser of 85% of the average bid price per share of
     the Company's common stock over the immediately preceding ten days or $4.00
     per share.

     The purchase agreement requires the Company to make annual cash payments of
     50% of net income from operations in excess of 25% of revenues, as defined,
     for each of the five fiscal years ending February 28, 1998 through 2002.

     The purchase  agreement also required the Company to enter into  employment
     agreements  with  certain key  employees of  Isernhagen  for a term of five
     years.  These agreements  provide for minimum  aggregate annual salaries of
     $195,000.  The Company also granted  stock options to purchase up to 70,000
     shares of the Company's  common stock at $4.00 per share in connection with
     the  employment  agreements.  
<PAGE>

     On April 9, 1997, the Company  completed the  acquisition of all the issued
     and outstanding  stock of closely held K.A.M.  Physical  Therapy  Services,
     Corp.  (K.A.M.),  an Iowa-based  provider of rehabilitative  services.  The
     purchase agreement  contained a noncompete  provision which covers a period
     of seven years and  prohibits  one of the former  owners  from  directly or
     indirectly  competing with the Company.  In connection with the acquisition
     of K.A.M.,  the Company  issued  78,911  shares of common  stock  valued at
     $200,000 and cash consideration of $200,000.

     The purchase  agreement  requires the Company to make annual payments up to
     39% of net income from operations,  as defined, for each of the five fiscal
     years ending March 31, 1997 through 2001.  The annual  payment,  if any, is
     due in a combination of 50% in cash and 50% in the Company's  common stock.
     The  number of shares  issued in  connection  with the  annual  payment  is
     calculated by dividing the portion of the annual payment  payable in common
     stock by $3.50.

     The  purchase  agreement  also  required  the  Company  to  enter  into  an
     employment  agreement  with a key  employee  of  K.A.M.  for a term of five
     years. This agreement provides for a minimum annual salary of $100,000. The
     Company  also granted  stock  options to purchase up to 5,000 shares of the
     Company's common stock at $4.00 per share with this employment agreement.

     This  acquisition  has been  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of purchase  price over net assets  acquired is
     being amortized over 15 years using the straight-line method.

     In connection with the K.A.M. acquisition,  the Company also entered into a
     separate  noncompete  agreement with a former K.A.M.  owner. The noncompete
     agreement  required the Company to make a lump-sum  distribution of $75,000
     and prohibits the former owner from directly or indirectly  competing  with
     the Company for a period of five years.

                                    

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.



                                     

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL
         PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

         The names and ages of the  executive  officers  of the  Registrant  and
their positions and offices presently held are as follows:


Name                      Age       Position with Company

Loren S. Brink            41        Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                                    Officer

Don Paul Cochran          42        Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial
                                    Officer

Charles J. Pappas         47        Fitness Management division President

Thomas H. Coplin          52        Health Fitness Rehab division President

Patrick D. Regan          40        Pro Source Fitness division President


     Loren S. Brink has been President,  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
the Company since its  inception in 1981.  He holds a Masters  Degree in Cardiac
Rehabilitation  and Adult Fitness from the  University  of Wisconsin.  He has an
extensive  clinical  background,   has  published  numerous  articles  regarding
corporate fitness and speaks frequently at national conferences.

     Don Paul Cochran has served as  Secretary,  Treasurer  and Chief  Financial
Officer of the  Company  since  January  1997.  Prior to joining the Company Mr.
Cochran  served as a  consultant  to Practice  Management  Consultants,  Inc., a
physical therapy consulting  business of which Thomas H. Coplin is President and
one-half owner. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Cochran served as Chief Financial Officer
of Access Management  Corp., a document imaging company.  From 1989 to 1995, Mr.
Cochran  served  as  Vice  President-Tax  of  E.W.  Blanch  Co.,  a  reinsurance
brokerage.

     Charles  J.  Pappas  has  served  as  President  of the  Company's  Fitness
Management  division  since March 10, 1997.  Prior to joining the Company,  from
1995 to 1997 Mr. Pappas was General Manager of Bearpath Golf and Country Club, a
golf  course,  clubhouse,  pool and tennis  facility  located  in Eden  Prairie,
Minnesota.  From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Pappas was a retail  business  advisor to the
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Pappas was General
Manager of Dakotah! Sport and Fitness, an athletic club operated by the Shakopee
Mdewakanton  Dakota Community located near Prior Lake,  Minnesota.  From 1985 to
1993, Mr. Pappas was Vice  President/General  Manager of Flagship  Athletic Club
located in Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

     Thomas H. Coplin has served as President of the  Company's  Health  Fitness
Rehab division since January 1997 and was designated an executive officer of the
Company in March 1997.  Since 1995,  Mr.  Coplin has been  President of Practice
Management Consultants, Inc., a physical therapy consulting company. Since 1994,
Mr. Coplin has also served as President of Coplin Quarter  Horses.  From 1981 to
1993, Mr. Coplin was President of Coplin Physical  Therapy  Associates,  Inc., a
physical therapy practice which was acquired by ReHab Clinics,  Inc. in 1993 and
for whom Mr. Coplin served as Area Vice President for a portion of 1993.

                                     

<PAGE>

     Patrick D. Regan has served as the  President of the  Company's  Pro Source
Fitness division since January 1996 when the Company acquired the assets of such
business.  Prior to joining the  Company,  Mr.  Regan was the  President  of Pro
Source since 1991.

     There are no family  relationships  among any of the Company's directors or
executive officers.

     The  information  required by Item 9 relating to directors  and  compliance
with Section  16(a) of the Exchange Act is  incorporated  herein by reference to
the sections  labeled  "Election of  Directors"  and "Section  16(a)  Beneficial
Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,"  respectively,  which appear in the Company's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein reference to the
section  labeled  "Executive  Compensation"  which  appears in the  Registrant's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT

     The information  required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to
the section labeled "Principal Shareholders and Management  Shareholdings" which
appears in the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for its 1997  Annual
Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by Item 12 is  incorporated  by reference to the
section  labeled  "Certain  Transactions"  which  appears  in  the  Registrant's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a)  Exhibits.

          Exhibits are numbered in accordance  with Item 601 of Regulation  S-B.
          See "Exhibit Index"  immediately  following the signature page of this
          Form 10-KSB.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          On January 7, 1997,  the  Registrant  filed a Form 8-K  reporting  the
          Registrant's   acquisition   on  December  23,  1996  of  all  of  the
          outstanding capital stock of The Preferred Companies, Inc., an Arizona
          corporation.  No other  reports on Form 8-K were filed during (or with
          respect  to  events  occurring  in) the  last  fiscal  quarter  of the
          Registrant's 1996 fiscal year.

                                       

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  the  Company has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  April 15, 1997      HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.


                            By  /s/ Loren S. Brink
                                Loren S. Brink
                                Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
                                (Principal Executive Officer)


                            By  /s/ Don Paul Cochran
                                Don Paul Cochran
                                Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
                                (Principal Financial Officer)


                            By  /s/ Bradley J. Bowman
                                Bradley J. Bowman
                                Controller
                                (Principal Accounting Officer)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
above or below constitutes and appoints Loren S. Brink and Don Paul Cochran,  or
either of them,  his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact,  and agents,  with full
power of substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,  place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report,
and to file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises,  as  fully  to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  or their  substitutes,  may  lawfully  do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the Company
in their respective capacities as directors of the Company.


                                       

<PAGE>

    Signature                                             Date

    /s/ Loren S. Brink
    Loren S. Brink                  Director          April 15, 1997

    /s/ Charles E. Bidwell
    Charles E. Bidwell              Director          April 15, 1997

    /s/ James A. Bernards
    James A. Bernards               Director          April 15, 1997

    /s/ George E. Kline
    George E. Kline                 Director          April 15, 1997

 /s/ William T. Simonet, M.D.
    William T. Simonet, M.D.        Director          April 15, 1997

    /s/ Robert K. Spinner
    Robert K. Spinner               Director          April 15, 1997





                                       

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                      HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
                                   FORM 10-KSB

Exhibit No.                         Description

   ***3.1   Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company
     *3.2   Restated By-Laws of the Company
     *4.1   Specimen of Common Stock Certificate
    *10.1   Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Assets dated December 17,
            1993 between the Company and Northern California Back to Work
            Rehabilitation Clinic
    *10.2   Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Assets dated December 16,
            1993 between the Company and River City Rehab, Inc. and
            Eric R. Gram, Henna R. Barker and Michael B. Humphrey
    *10.3   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 13, 1994 between
            the Company and Mark W. Siewert and Sports and Orthopedic
            Physical Therapy, Inc.
    *10.4   Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Assets dated June 2,
            1994 between the Company and START Physical Therapy,
            Michael M. Drucker, M.D., Ralph J. Venuto, M.D., Michael
            Roy, R.P.T., Roger Rommelfanger, R.P.T. and Michael Weinstein, M.D
    *10.5   Agreement  for Purchase and Sale of Assets dated June 10, 1994
            between  Health  Fitness  Physical  Therapy of Tahoe,  Inc., a
            wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company,  and Tahoe  Physical
            Therapy Clinic, Inc.
    *10.6   Warrant dated March 3, 1993 in favor of Jim Bernards/
            Brightstone Capital
    *10.7   Employment Agreement dated February 24, 1992 between the
            Company and Loren S. Brink
     10.8   Standard Office Lease Agreement (Net) dated as of June 13, 1995
            covering headquarters of Company
   **10.9   Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan
   **10.10  Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 1995 between the Company,
            William Horton and William Horton as Trustee
     10.11  Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated
            as of  February 4, 1997 by and between the Company and Norwest
            Bank,  N.A.,  together  with  Revolving  Note  and  Term  Note
            attached thereto.
 ****10.12  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated December 23, 1996 by and among
            The Preferred Companies, Inc., its shareholders, and Health Fitness
            Rehab, Inc.
*****10.13  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated February 7, 1997 by and between
            Isernhagen & Associates, Inc. and Health Fitness Rehab, Inc.
*****10.14  Agreement of Purchase and Sale dated February 7, 1997 by and between
            Isernhagen Ltd. and Health Fitness Rehab, Inc.
     10.15  Systems Design and Implementation Agreement dated October 15, 1996
            between Practice Management Consultants, Inc. and the Company.
     21.1   Subsidiaries
     23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
     24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page)

                                       

<PAGE>


*    Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
     SB-2 No. 33- 83784C.

**   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
     the year ended December 31, 1995.

***  Incorporated  by reference to the Company  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB
     for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.

**** Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
     on January 7, 1997.

*****Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Current  Report Form 8-K filed
     on February 21, 1997.

                                       


                      STANDARD OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (NET)

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT  (hereinafter  called the "Lease Agreement") made as of the
13th day of June, 1995, by and between NORTHLAND CENTER LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,  a
Minnesota  limited  partnership,  having  offices  at 3501)  West  80th  Street,
Bloomington,  Minnesota,  55431 (hereinafter called the "Landlord"),  and HEALTH
FITNESS  PHYSICAL  THERAPY,  a  Minnesota  corporation  (hereinafter  called the
"Tenants").

                                   WITNESSETH

     FOR AND IN  CONSIDERATION  of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by
each of the  parties to the other,  and other good and  valuable  consideration,
receipt and  sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  Landlord does hereby
lease and let unto  Tenant,  and Tenant  does hereby  hire,  lease and take from
Landlord,  that area  outlined  on  Exhibit  A-1  attached  hereto,  and by this
reference   incorporated   herein,  and  described  as  Suite  110,   containing
approximately  6,826 square feet,  (hereinafter  called the  "Premises") at 3500
West 80th Street (hereinafter called the "Building") in the City of Bloomington,
County of Hennepin,  State of Minnesota.  The term Building as it is used herein
shall consist of the land and building(s) set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto.

ARTICLE 1 - TERM

     To have and to hold said Premises for a term of Five (5) Years,  commencing
August 1, 1996, and terminating July 31, 2001,  (hereinafter called the "Terms")
upon  the  rentals  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in this  Lease
Agreement,  and the Exhibits  attached hereto.  The commencement and termination
dates are specifically subject to the provisions of Article 5 hereof.

ARTICLE 2 - USE

     The Premises shall be used by the Tenant solely for the following purposes:
GENERAL OFFICE USE
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 3 - RENTALS

     Tenant  agrees to pay to Landlord  as minimum  rental  (hereinafter  called
"Minimum Rental") for the Premises, without notice set-off or demand, the sum of
Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Four and no/100 dollars ($7,964.00) per month,
said monthly  installments  shall be due and payable by Tenant in advance on the
first day of each calendar month during the Term of this Lease Agreement, or any
extension  or  renewal  thereof,  at the  office  of  Landlord  set forth in the
preamble  to this  Lease  Agreement  or at such  other  place  as  Landlord  may
designate.  In the event of any fractional  calendar month, Tenant shall pay for
each day in such  partial  month a rental  equal to 1130 of the Minimum  Rental.
Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, which shall be collectible to the same
extent as Minimum Rental, all amounts which may become due to Landlord hereunder
and any tax,  charge or fee that may be  levied,  assessed  or  imposed  upon or
measured by the rents reserved  hereunder by any  governmental  authority acting
under any present or future law before any fine, penalty,  interest or costs may
be added  thereto  for  non-payment.  Pursuant  to Article 6 hereof,  Landlord's
estimated  Operating  Expenses for 1996 are $6.05 per square toot and  estimated
Real Estate Taxes payable in 1996 are $3.35 per square foot.

ARTICE 4 - CONSTRUCTION

     Plans and/or a description  for permanent  improvements to the Premises are
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A-3 and by  this  reference  incorporated  herein
(hereafter  called the "Plans") The Plans have been approved by each of Landlord
and Tenant.  The parties  acknowledge that the Plans are to modify the Expansion
Space (as hereinafter  defined) to accommodate  Tenant's  intended use. Landlord
shall be  responsible  for  constructing  the  improvements  as shown  the Plans
(hereafter called "Tenant  Improvements") for and on behalf of Tenant.  Landlord
and Tenant have agreed that the costs of such Tenant  Improvements shall be paid
by  Tenant,  although  initially  advanced  by  Landlord,  with said costs to be
reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant as part of Tenant's  payments of Minimum Rental
as set forth in Article 3 above. Any improvements to the Premises. other than as
shown on the Plans, and the furnishing of the Premises,  shall be made by Tenant
at the sole cost and expense of Tenant,  subject to all other provisions of this
Lease Agreement,  including  compliance with all applicable  governmental  laws,
ordinances and regulations.  If the Tenant  Improvements cannot be substantially
completed prior to the  commencement of the Term, then the provisions of Article
5 shall apply.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 5 - POSSESSION

     A. Tenant is currently in possession of a certain "Sublet Area"  consisting
of a portion of Suite 110 as depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto pursuant to
a sublease  agreement  dated March 8, 1994,  (the  "Sublease")  which expires at
midnight on July 31, 1996. The parties agree that the Premises  hereunder  shall
consist of the Sublet Area plow the  adjacent  area (the  "Expansion  Space") as
depicted  on Exhibit  A-1  attached  hereto and which  Expansion  Space shall be
delivered  to  Tenant  for  occupancy  on the  commencement  date of this  Lease
Agreement.  The parties agree that after the delivery of the Expansion  Space to
Tenant as provided  for herein,  the  Premises  hereunder  shall  consist of the
Sublet Area plus the Expansion Space which together contain  approximately 6,826
rentable square feet and which shall hereinafter be refereed to as "Suite 110."

     B. Except as otherwise  provided,  Landlord shall deliver possession of the
Expansion Space on or before the date hereinabove  specified for commencement of
the Term, but delivery of possession prior to such  commencement  date shall not
affect the  expiration  date of this Lease  Agreement.  Failure of  Landlord  to
deliver possession of the Expansion Space by the date hereinabove provided,  due
to a holding  over by a prior  tenant,  or any  other  cause  beyond  Landlord's
control,  or time required for  construction  delays due to material  shortages,
strikes, or acts of God, shall  automatically  postpone the date of commencement
of the Term of this Lease  Agreement  with respect to the Expansion  Space.  The
rentals  herein  reserved with respect to the Expansion  Space shall commence on
the first day of the Term,  provided,  however, in the event of any occupancy by
Tenant prior to the beginning of the Term,  such occupancy shall in all respects
be the same as that of a tenant under this Lease Agreement, and the rental shall
commence as of the date that Tenant enters into such  occupancy of the Expansion
Space.  Provided  further,  that if Landlord shall be delayed in delivery of the
Expansion  Space to Tenant due to Tenant's  failure to agree to the Plans or any
delay  caused by a party  employed  by or the agent of  Tenant,  or by  Tenant's
failure  to pay for the costs of the  Tenant  Improvements  requested  by Tenant
subsequent  to  approval  of the Plans,  then in such case the  rental  shall be
accelerated by the number of days of such delay,  and the rentals shall commence
the same as if occupancy  had been taken by Tenant.  By occupying  the Expansion
Space as a Tenant,  or to  install  fixtures,  facilities  or  equipment,  or to
perform finishing work, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the
same and to have  acknowledged  that the  Expansion  Space are in the  condition
required by this Lease Agreement.

ARTICLE 6 - TENANT'S PRO RATA SHARE OF REAL ESTATE TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

     A. During each full or partial  calendar year during the Term of this Lease
Agreement,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as Additional Rental, an amount equal
to the Real Estate Taxes and Operating  Expenses (both as  hereinafter  defined)
per square foot of rentable  area in the  Building  multiplied  by the number of
square feet of rentable area in the Premises prorated for the period that Tenant
occupied the Premises. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Tenant's share of
the following  Operating  Expenses shall be computed on the basis of the cost of
said  expenses  per rentable  square foot of area within the  Building  actually
occupied: cleaning, management, and energy expenses.

     B. Landlord shall, each year during the Term of this Lease Agreement,  give
Tenant an estimate of  Operating  Expenses  and Real  Estate  Taxes  payable per
square foot of rentable area for the coming calendar year.  Tenant shall pay, as
Additional  Rental,  along with its monthly  Minimum  Rental  payments  required
hereunder,  one-twelfth  (1/12) of such  estimated  Operating  Expenses and Real
Estate  Taxes and such  Additional  Rental shall be payable  until  subsequently
adjusted for the following year pursuant to this Article.
<PAGE>
     C. As soon as possible after the expiration of each calendar year, Landlord
shall  determine  and certify to Tenant the actual  Operating  Expenses and Real
Estate  Taxes for the  previous  year per square  foot of  rentable  area in the
Building and the amount applicable to the Premises. If such statement shows that
Tenant's  share of Operating  Expenses and Real Estate  Taxes  exceeds  Tenant's
estimated  monthly  payments for the previous  calendar year, then Tenant shall,
within  twenty  (20) days after  receiving  Landlord's  certification,  pay such
deficiency  to  Landlord.  In  the  event  of an  overpayment  by  Tenant,  such
overpayment shall be refunded to Tenant,  at the time of  certification,  in the
form of an adjustment in the Additional Rental next coming due, or if at the end
of the Term by a refund.

     D. For the purposes of this Article, the term "Real Estate Taxes" means the
total of all taxes, fees, charges and assessments, general and special, ordinary
and extraordinary,  foreseen or unforeseen, which become due or payable upon the
Building.  All costs arid expenses incurred by Landlord during  negotiations for
or contests of the amoumt of Real Estate Taxes shall be included within the term
"Real Estate Taxes." For purposes of this Article, the term "Operating Expenses"
shall be deemed to mean all costs and expenses  directly related to the Building
incurred by Landlord in the repair, operation, management and maintenance of the
Building including interior and exterior and common area maintenance, management
fees,  cleaning  expenses,   energy  expenses,   insurance  premiums,   and  the
amortization of capital  investments  made to reduce operating costs or that are
necessary due to  governmental  requirements,  all in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     E.  Landlord may at any time  designate a fiscal year in lieu of a calendar
year and in such event, at the time of such a change, there may be a billing for
the fiscal year which is less than 12 calendar months.

     F. Landlord reserves,  and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord,  the sole and
exclusive right to contest,  protest,  petition for review,  or otherwise seek a
reduction in the Real Estate Taxes.

ARTICLE 7 - UTILITIES AND SERVICE

     A. Landlord agrees to furnish water,  electricity,  elevator  service,  and
janitorial  service.  In the event  Tenant's  requirements  and/or usage of such
utilities and services is substantially  greater than is customarily supplied to
a typical  tenant in the  Building,  Landlord  or Tenant  may  request  that the
difference in such  requirement  and/or usage be determined and that appropriate
adjustments  be made in the  Minimum  Rental  provided  for in Article 3 of this
Lease Agreement.

     B. Landlord  agrees to furnish heat during the usual heating season and air
conditioning  during  the usual  air  conditioning  season,  all  during  normal
business hours as defined in this Lease Agreement.
<PAGE>

     C. No temporary  interruption or failure of such services incidental to the
making of repairs, alterations or improvements, or due to accidents or strike or
conditions  or  events  not  under  Landlord's  control,  shall be  deemed as an
eviction  of the  Tenant  or  relieve  the  Tenant  from  any  of  the  Tenant's
obligations hereunder.

     D. For the  purposes  of this  Article 7,  normal  business  hours shall be
deemed  to mean the  period of time  between  8:00 a.m.  and 5:00  p.m.,  Monday
through  Friday,  and  specifically  excluding  Saturdays,   Sundays  and  legal
holidays.

ARTICLE 8 - NON-LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

     Except in the event of  negligence  of Landlord,  its agents,  employees or
contractors,  Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage for failure to
furnish heat, air conditioning,  electricity, elevator service, water, sprinkler
system or janitorial service.  Landlord shall not be liable for personal injury,
death or any damage from any cause about the Premises or the Building  except if
caused by Landlord's gross negligence.

ARTICLE 9 - CARE OF PREMISES

A. Tenant agrees:

1.   To keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as they were in at the
     time Tenant took  possession of same,  reasonable  wear and tear and damage
     from fire and other  casualty  for which  insurance  is  normally  procured
     excepted;

2.   To keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition;

3.   Not to commit any nuisance or waste on the Premises,  overload the Premises
     or the  electrical,  water and/or  plumbing  facilities  in the Premises or
     Building  throw foreign  substances in plumbing  facilities or waste any of
     the utilities furnished by Landlord;

4.   To  abide  by  such  rules  and  regulations  as may  from  time to time be
     reasonably promulgated by Landlord;

5.   To preserve  and protect all  carpeted  areas and to provide and use carpet
     protector  mats in all  locations  within the  Premises  where  chairs with
     castors are used; and

6.   To obtain  Landlord's  prior approval of the interior design of any portion
     of the  Premises  visible  from the common areas or from the outside of the
     Building. "Interior Design" as used in the preceding sentence shall include
     but not be limited to floor and wall coverings,  furniture,  office design,
     artwork and color scheme.

     B. If Tenant  shall fail to keep and  preserve the Premises in the state of
condition  required by the provisions of this Article 9, the Landlord may at its
option  put or cause the same to be put into the  condition  and state of repair
agreed upon, and in such case the Tenant, on demand, shall pay the cost thereof.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 10 - NON-PERMITTED USE

     Tenant  agrees  to use the  Premises  only for the  purposes  set  forth in
article 2 hereof.  Tenant  further  agrees not to commit or permit any act to be
performed  on the  Premises or any omission to occur which shall be in violation
of any statute,  regulation or ordinance of any governmental  body or which will
increase  the  insurance  rates on the Building or which will be in violation of
any insurance  policy  carried on the Building by the Landlord.  Tenant,  at its
expense,  shall  comply  with  all  governmental  laws,  ordinances,  rules  and
regulations  applicable  to the use of the Premises and its  occupancy and shall
promptly  comply with all  governmental  orders,  rulings and directives for the
correction,  prevention  and abatement of any  violation  upon, or in connection
with the Premises or Tenant's use or occupancy of the  Premises,  including  the
making of any alterations or improvements to the Premises,  all at Tenant's sole
cost and expense.  The Tenant shall not disturb other  occupants of the Building
by making any undue or unseemly noise or otherwise and shall not do or permit to
be done in or about the  Premises  anything  which will be  dangerous to life or
limb.

ARTICLE 11 - INSPECTION

     The Landlord or its  employees  or agents shall have the right  without any
diminution  of rent or other  charges  payable  hereunder by Tenant to enter the
Premises at all  reasonable  times for the purpose of exhibiting the Premises to
prospective tenants or purchasers,  inspection,  cleaning,  repairing,  testing,
altering or improving the same or said Building,  but nothing  contained in this
Article  shall be  construed so as to impose any  obligation  on the Landlord to
make any repairs, alterations or improvements.

ARTICLE 12 - ALTERATIONS

     Tenant will not make any alterations, repairs, additions or improvements in
or to the Premises or add,  disturb or in any way change any  plumbing,  wiring,
life/safety  or  mechanical  systems,  locks,  or  structural  components of the
Building  without the prior written  consent of the Landlord as to the character
of the  alterations,  additions or  improvements to be made, the manner of doing
the  work,  and the  contractor  doing  the  work.  Such  consent  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  if such alterations,  repairs,  additions or
improvements  are required of Tenant or are the obligation of Tenant pursuant to
this  Lease   Agreement.   All  such  work  shall  comply  with  all  applicable
governmental  laws,  ordinances,  rules  and  regulations.  The  Landlord  as  a
condition to said consent may require a surety  performance  and/or payment bond
from the Tenant for said  actions.  Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord
free and harmless from any liability,  loss, cost, damage or expense  (including
attorney's  fees) by  reasons  of any said  alteration,  repairs,  additions  or
improvements.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 13 - SIGNS

     Tenant  agrees  that no  signs  or  other  advertising  materials  shall be
erected,  attached or affixed to any portion of the  interior or exterior of the
Premises or the Building without the express prior written consent of Landlord.

ARTICLE 14 - COMMON AREAS

     A. Tenant  agrees that the use of all  corridors,  passageways,  elevators,
toilet rooms, parking areas and landscaped area in and around said Building,  by
the Tenant or Tenant's employees, visitors or invitees, shall be subject to such
rules  and  regulations  as may from  time to time be made by  Landlord  for the
safety, comfort and convenience of the owners,  occupants,  tenants and invitees
of said  Building.  Tenant  agrees that no awnings,  curtains,  drapes or shades
shall be used upon the Premises except as may be approved by Landlord.

     B.  In  addition  to  the   Premises,   Tenant  shall  have  the  right  of
non-exclusive  use, in common with others,  of (a) all  unrestricted  automobile
parking  areas,  driveways and  walkways,  and (b) loading  facilities,  freight
elevators and other facilities as may be constructed in the Building,  all to be
subject to the terms and  conditions  of this Lease  Agreement and to reasonable
rules and  regulations  for the use thereof as  prescribed  from time to time by
Landlord.

     C.  Landlord  shall have the right to make changes or revisions in the site
plan and in the  Building so as to provide  additional  leasing  area.  Landlord
shall  also  have  the  right  to  construct  additional  buildings  on the land
described  on Exhibit A-2 for such  purposes as Landlord  may deem  appropriate.
Landlord also reserves all airspace rights above,  below and to all sides of the
Premises, including the right to make changes, alterations or provide additional
leasing areas.

     D. Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord will not be responsible  for any
loss, theft or damage to vehicles,  or the contents  thereof,  parked or left in
the parking areas of the Building and Tenant agrees to so advise its  employees,
visitors or invitees who may use such  parking  areas.  The parking  areas shall
include those areas designated by Landlord,  in its sole  discretion,  as either
restricted or unrestricted  parking areas. Any restricted parking areas shall be
leased only by separate license  agreement with Landlord.  Tenant further agrees
not to use or permit its  employees,  visitors  or  invitees  to use the parking
areas for overnight storage of vehicles.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 15 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     A. Tenant agrees not to assign, sublet, license,  mortgage or encumber this
Lease Agreement,  the Premises,  or any part thereof,  whether by voluntary act,
operation of law, or otherwise,  without the specific  prior written  consent of
Landlord in each instance. If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, transfer
of a  controlling  interest of Tenant shall be  considered an assignment of this
Lease  Agreement for purposes of this  Article.  Consent by Landlord in one such
instance  shall not be a waiver of  Landlord's  rights  under this Article as to
requiring  consent for any subsequent  instance.  In the event Tenant desires to
sublet a part or all of the  Premises,  or assign this Lease  Agreement,  Tenant
shall give  written  notice to Landlord  at least  thirty (30) days prior to the
proposed  subletting  or  assignment,  which  notice shall state the name of the
proposed  subtenant  or  assignee,  the  terms  of any  sublease  or  assignment
documents  and  copies  of  financial   reports  or  other  relevant   financial
information of the proposed subtenant or assignee. At Landlord's option, any and
all  payments  by  the  proposed  assignee  or  sublessee  with  respect  to the
assignment  of  sublease  shall be paid  directly to  Landlord.  In any event no
subletting or assignment  shall release Tenant of its obligation to pay the rent
and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder for the
Term of this Lease Agreement.  The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other
person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any  provision  hereof.
At Landlord's  option,  Landlord may  terminate  the Lease  Agreement in lieu of
giving its  consent  to any  proposed  assignment  of this  Lease  Agreement  or
subletting  of the  Premises  (which  termination  may be  contingent  upon  the
execution of a new lease with the proposed assignee or subtenant).

     B.  Landlord's  right to assign this Lease  Agreement  is and shall  remain
unqualified  upon  any sale or  transfer  of the  Building  and,  providing  the
purchaser  succeeds to the  interests  of Landlord  under this Lease  Agreement,
Landlord shall  thereupon be entirely  freed of all  obligations of the Landlord
hereunder  and shall not be subject to any liability  resulting  from any act or
omission or event occurring after such conveyance.

ARTICLE 16- LOSS BY CASUALTY

     If the  Building is damaged or  destroyed  by fire or other  casualty,  the
Landlord  shall have the right to terminate  this Lease  Agreement,  provided it
gives  written  notice  thereof to the Tenant within ninety (90) days after such
damage or destruction.  If a portion of the Premises is damaged by fire or other
casualty,  and Landlord does not elect to terminate  this Lease  Agreement,  the
Landlord  shall,  at its expense,  restore the Premises to as near the condition
which existed  immediately  prior to such damage or  destruction,  as reasonably
possible, and the rentals shall abate during such period of time as the Premises
are  untenantable,  in the  proportion  that  the  untenantable  portion  of the
Premises bears to the entire Premises.

ARTICLE 17 - WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     Landlord and Tenant hereby  release the other from any and all liability or
responsibility  to the other or anyone claiming  through or under them by way of
subrogation  or otherwise  for any loss or damage to property  caused by fire or
any of the extended coverage or supplementary contract casualties,  even if such
fire or other  casualty shall have been caused by the fault or negligence of the
other party, or anyone for whom such party may be responsible, provided however,
that this release shall be applicable  and in force and effect only with respect
to loss or damage occurring during such times as the releasing  party's policies
shall contain a clause or  endorsement to the effect that any such release would
not  adversely  affect or impair  said  policies or  prejudice  the right of the
releasing party to recover thereunder.  Landlord and Tenant agree that they will
request their  insurance  carriers to include in their policies such a clause or
endorsement.  If extra cost shall be charged therefore,  each party shall advise
the other of the amount of the extra cost, and the other party, at its election,
may pay the same, but shall not be obligated to do so.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 18 - EMINENT DOMAIN

     If the entire  Building is taken by eminent  domain,  this Lease  Agreement
shall  automatically  terminate  as of the date of  taking.  If a portion of the
Building  is taken by  eminent  domain,  the  Landlord  shall  have the right to
terminate this Lease Agreement,  provided it gives written notice thereof to the
Tenant  within  ninety  (90) days after the date of taking.  If a portion of the
Premises is taken by eminent  domain and this Lease  Agreement is not terminated
by Landlord, the Landlord shall, at its expense, restore the Premises to as near
the  condition  which  existed  immediately  prior  to the  date  of  taking  as
reasonably  possible,  and the rentals shall abate during such period of time as
the Premises are untenantable,  in the proportion that the untenantable  portion
of the  Premises  bears to the entire  Premises.  All  damages  awarded for such
taking  under  the  power of  eminent  domain  shall  belong  to and be the sole
property of  Landlord,  irrespective  of the basis upon which they are  awarded,
provided,  however,  that nothing  contained  herein shall  prevent  Tenant from
making a separate claim to the condemning  authority for its moving expenses and
trade fixtures.  For purposes of this Article,  a taking by eminent domain shall
include Landlord's giving of a deed under threat of condemnation.

ARTICLE 19 - SURRENDER

     On the  last  day of the  Term of this  Lease  Agreement  or on the  sooner
termination thereof in accordance with the terms hereof,  Tenant shall peaceably
surrender  the Premises in good  condition and repair  consistent  with Tenant's
duty to make  repairs as  provided  in Article 9 hereof.  On or before said last
day,  Tenant shall at its expense remove all of its equipment from the Premises,
repairing  any damage  caused  thereby,  and any property  not removed  shall be
deemed  abandoned.  All alterations,  additions and fixtures other than Tenant's
trade  fixtures,  which have been made or installed by either Landlord or Tenant
upon the Premises  shall remain as Landlord's  property and shall be surrendered
with the  Premises  as a part  thereof,  or shall be removed  by Tenant,  at the
option of Landlord, in which event Tenant shall at its expense repair any damage
caused thereby. It is specifically agreed that any and all telephonic,  coaxial,
ethernet,  or other computer,  wordprocessing,  facsimile,  or electronic wiring
installed by Tenant within the Premises (hereafter "Wiring") shall be removed at
Tenant's cost at the expiration of the Term,  unless  Landlord has  specifically
requested in writing that said Wiring shall remain,  whereupon said Wiring shall
be surrendered with the Premises as Landlord's property. If the Premises are not
surrendered  at the end of the Term or the sooner  termination  thereof,  Tenant
shall  indemnify  Landlord  against  loss or liability  resulting  from delay by
Tenant in so surrendering the Premises,  including,  without limitation,  claims
made by any  succeeding  tenant  founded on such delay.  Tenant  shall  promptly
surrender  all keys for the  Premises  to  Landlord  at the place then fixed for
payment of rental and shall  inform  Landlord of  combinations  on any locks and
safes on the Premises.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 20 - NON-PAYMENT OF RENT, DEFAULTS

     If any one or more of the following occurs: (1) a rent payment or any other
payment due from Tenant to  Landlord  shall be and remain  unpaid in whole or in
part for more than ten (10) days after same is due and payable; (2) Tenant shall
violate or default on any of the other  covenants,  agreements,  stipulations or
conditions  herein, or in any parking  agreement(s) or other agreements  between
Landlord  and Tenant  relating to the  Premises,  and such  violation or default
shall  continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord
of such  violation or default;  (3) if Tenant shall  commence or have  commenced
against  Tenant  proceedings  under a  bankruptcy,  receivership,  insolvency or
similar type of action; or (4) if Tenant shall vacate any substantial portion of
the  Premises  for a period of more than 15 days;  then it shall be optional for
Landlord,  without further notice or demand,  to cure such default or to declare
this Lease  Agreement  forfeited and the said Term ended,  or to terminate  only
Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, and to re-enter the Premises, with
or without  process of law,  using such force as may be  necessary to remove all
persons or chattels  therefrom,  and Landlord shall not be liable for damages by
reason of such re-entry or forfeiture;  but notwithstanding re-entry by Landlord
or  termination  only of  Tenant's  right to  possession  of the  Premises,  the
liability of Tenant for the rent and all other sums provided herein shall not be
relinquished or extinguished for the balance of the Term of this Lease Agreement
and Landlord shall be entitled to periodically sue Tenant for all sums due under
this Lease Agreement or which become due prior to judgment,  but such suit shall
not bar  subsequent  suits for any further  sums coming due  thereafter.  Tenant
shall be responsible for, in addition to the rentals and other sums agreed to be
paid  hereunder,  the cost of any necessary  maintenance,  repair,  restoration,
reletting   (including  related  cost  of  removal  or  modification  of  tenant
improvements) or cure as well as reasonable  attorney's fees incurred or awarded
in any suit or action  instituted by Landlord to enforce the  provisions of this
Lease  Agreement,  regain  possession of the Premises,  or the collection of the
rentals due Landlord hereunder.  Tenant shall also be liable to Landlord for the
payment of a late charge in the amount of 10% of the rental installment or other
sum due Landlord hereunder if said payment has not been received within ten (10)
days  from  the date  said  payment  becomes  due and  payable,  or  cleared  by
Landlord's  bank within three (3) business days after deposit.  Tenant agrees to
pay interest at the highest permissible rate of interest allowed under the usury
statutes of the State of Minnesota,  or in case no such maximum rate of interest
is  provided,  at the rate of 12% per annum,  on all  rentals and other sums due
Landlord  hereunder  not paid within ten (10) days from the date same become due
and  payable.  Each  right or  remedy of  Landlord  provided  for in this  Lease
Agreement  shall be cumulative  and shall be in addition to every other right or
remedy provided for in this Lease Agreement now or hereafter  existing at law or
in equity or by statute or otherwise.

ARTICLE 21 - LANDLORD'S DEFAULT

     Landlord  shall not be deemed to be in default  under this Lease  Agreement
until Tenant has given  Landlord  written  notice  specifying  the nature of the
default and Landlord  does not cure such default  within  thirty (30) days after
receipt of such  notice or within  such  reasonable  time  thereafter  as may be
necessary to cure such  default  where such default is of such a character as to
reasonably require more than thirty (30) days to cure.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 22 - HOLDING OVER

     Tenant will, at the expiration of this Lease Agreement, whether by lapse of
time or termination,  give up immediate possession to Landlord.  If Tenant fails
to give up possession the Landlord may, at its option, serve written notice upon
Tenant  that such  holdover  constitutes  any one of (i)  renewal  of this Lease
Agreement for one year, and from year to year thereafter,  or (ii) creation of a
month-to-month  tenancy,  or (iii)  creation  of a  tenancy  at  sufferance.  If
Landlord does not give said notice,  Tenant's holdover shall create a tenancy at
sufferance. In any such event the tenancy shall be upon the terms and conditions
of this Lease  Agreement,  except  that the Minimum  Rental  shall be double the
Minimum Rental Tenant was obligated to pay Landlord  under this Lease  Agreement
immediately  prior to  termination  (in the case of tenancy at  sufferance  such
Minimum  Rental  shall be  prorated  on the basis of a 365 day year for each day
Tenant remains in possession);  excepting  further that in the case of a tenancy
at sufferance,  no notices shall be required prior to  commencement of any legal
action  to gain  repossession  of the  Premises.  In the  case of a  tenancy  at
sufferance,  Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all damages sustained by Landlord
resulting  from  retention  of  possession  by Tenant.  The  provisions  of this
paragraph  shall not  constitute  a waiver by  Landlord of any right of re-entry
otherwise available to Landlord;  nor shall receipt of any rent or any other act
in  apparent  affirmance  of the  tenancy  operate  as a waiver  of the right to
terminate this Lease Agreement for a breach by Tenant hereof.

ARTICLE 23 - SUBORDINATION

     Tenant  agrees  that  this  Lease  Agreement  shall be  subordinate  to any
mortgage(s)  that may now or  hereafter  be placed upon the Building or any part
thereof, and to any and all advances to be made thereunder,  and to the interest
thereon, and all renewals,  replacements,  and extensions thereof,  provided the
mortgagee  named  in such  mortgage(s)  shall  agree  to  recognize  this  Lease
Agreement  or Tenant in the event of  foreclosure  provided the Tenant is not in
default.  In confirmation of such  subordination,  Tenant shall promptly execute
and  deliver any  instrument,  in  recordable  form,  as required by  Landlord's
mortgagee.  In the event of any mortgagee electing to have the Lease Agreement a
prior  incumbrance  to its mortgage,  then and in such event upon such mortgagee
notifying  Tenant to that effect,  this Lease Agreement shall be deemed prior in
incumbrance to the said mortgage, whether this Lease Agreement is dated prior to
or subsequent to the date of said mortgage.

ARTICLE 24 - INDEMNITY, INSURANCE AND SECURITY

     A.  Tenant  will keep in force at its own expense for so long as this Lease
Agreement  remains in effect  public  liability  insurance  with  respect to the
Premises in which Landlord shall be named as an additional insured, in companies
and in form acceptable to Landlord with a minimum combined limit of liability of
Two Million Dollars  ($2,000,000.00).  This limit shall apply per location. Said
insurance shall also provide for contractual  liability coverage by endorsement.
Tenant  shall  further  provide for business  interruption  insurance to cover a
period  of not less  than six (6)  months.  Tenant  will  further  deposit  with
Landlord the policy or policies of such insurance or  certificates  thereof,  or
other acceptable evidence that such insurance is in effect, which evidence shall
provide  that  Landlord  shall be notified in writing  thirty (30) days prior to
cancellation, material change, or failure to renew the insurance. Tenant further
covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold  Landlord and  Landlord's  manager of
the  Building  harmless  for any  claim,  loss or damage,  including  reasonable
attorney's fees,  suffered by Landlord,  Landlord's  manager or Landlord's other
tenants  caused by: i) any act or  omission  by Tenant,  Tenant's  employees  or
anyone  claiming  through or by Tenant in,  at, or around  the  Premises  or the
Building;  ii) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by
Tenant in or about the Premises; or iii) Tenant's failure to comply with any and
all governmental laws, rules, ordinances or regulations applicable to the use of
the Premises and its  occupancy.  If Tenant shall not comply with its  covenants
made in this  Article  24,  Landlord  may,  at its option,  cause  insurance  as
aforesaid  to be issued and in such event  Tenant  agrees to pay the premium for
such insurance promptly upon Landlord's demand.
<PAGE>

     B. Tenant shall be  responsible  for the security and  safeguarding  of the
Premises and all property kept,  stored or maintained in the Premises.  Landlord
will make available to Tenant, at Tenant's request, the plans and specifications
for construction of the Building and the Premises.  Tenant represents that it is
satisfied that the construction of the Building and the Premises,  including the
floors, walls,  windows,  doors and means of access thereto are suitable for the
particular  needs of Tenant's  business.  Tenant further  represents  that it is
satisfied  with the security of said Building and Premises for the protection of
any property which may be owned,  held,  stored or otherwise caused or permitted
by Tenant to be present upon the Premises.  The placement and sufficiency of all
safes,  vaults,  cash or security drawers,  cabinets or the like placed upon the
Premises by Tenant shall be at the sole responsibility and risk of Tenant.

     Tenant shall  maintain in force  throughout  the Term,  insurance  upon all
contents of the Premises,  including that owned by others and Tenant's equipment
and any  alterations,  additions,  fixtures,  or  improvements  in the  Premises
acknowledged by Landlord to be the Tenant's.

     C. Landlord shall carry and cause to be in full force and effect a fire and
extended  coverage  insurance  policy on the Building,  but not contents  owned,
leased or otherwise in possession of Tenant. The cost of such insurance shall be
an Operating Expense.

ARTICLE 25 - NOTICES

     All notices from Tenant to Landlord required or permitted by any provisions
of this Lease Agreement shall be directed to Landlord postage prepaid, certified
or registered mail, at the address provided for Landlord in the preamble to this
Lease  Agreement  or at such other  address as Tenant shall be advised to use by
Landlord.  All notices  from  Landlord to Tenant  required or  permitted  by any
provision of this Lease Agreement shall be directed to Tenant,  postage prepaid,
certified or registered  mail,  at the Premises and at the address,  if any, set
forth on page 6 of this Lease Agreement. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the
right at any time and from time to time to designate one (1) additional party to
whom copies of any notice shall be sent.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 26 - APPLICABLE LAW

     This  Lease  Agreement  shall be  construed  under the laws of the State of
Minnesota.

ARTICLE 27 - MECHANICS' LIEN

     In the event any  mechanic's  lien shall at any time be filed  against  the
Premises  or any part of the  Building  by reason of work,  labor,  services  or
materials  performed or  furnished  to Tenant or to anyone  holding the Premises
through or under Tenant,  Tenant shall forthwith cause the same to be discharged
of record.  If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien  forthwith to be  discharged
within  five (5) days after  being  notified  of the filing  thereof,  then,  in
addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord,  Landlord  may, but shall not
be obligated to,  discharge the same by paying the amount  claimed to be due, or
by  bonding,  and the  amount so paid by  Landlord  and all costs and  expenses,
including  reasonable  attorney's  fees  incurred by Landlord in  procuring  the
discharge  of such lien,  shall be due and payable in full by Tenant to Landlord
on demand.

ARTICLE 28 - SECURITY INTEREST

     Tenant  hereby  grants  to  Landlord  a  security  interest  in all  goods,
chattels,  fixtures and personal property belonging to Tenant,  which nor are or
may hereafter be placed in the  Premises,  to secure all rents due hereunder and
all other  covenants and  obligations  of Tenant  hereunder.  In the event there
exists any  security  interest  in said  property  which  security  interest  is
paramount and superior to the security  interest  herein  created,  Landlord may
satisfy said paramount  security  interest and all sums paid in satisfying  said
security  interest  will be considered  additional  sums owed Landlord by Tenant
hereunder.  Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true, full and complete copy
of this Lease  Agreement.  Landlord,  in the event of a default by Tenant of any
covenant or condition herein contained,  may exercise, in addition to any rights
and remedies  herein  granted,  all the rights and  remedies of a secured  party
under the Uniform  Commercial  Code or any other  applicable  law. Tenant agrees
upon  request  of  Landlord  to execute  and  deliver  to  Landlord a  financing
statement  evidencing such security interest. A copy of this Lease Agreement may
be filed as a financing statement.

ARTICLE 29 - BROKERAGE

     Each of the parties  represents  and warrants  that there are no claims for
brokerage  commissions or finder's fees in connection with this Lease Agreement,
and  agrees  to  indemnify  the other  against,  and hold it  harmless  from all
liabilities arising from any such claim, including without limitation,  the cost
of attorney's fees in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 30 - SUBSTITUTION

     Landlord  reserves the right, on thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant,
to substitute other premises within the Building for the Premises hereunder. The
substituted premises shall contain  substantially the same square footage as the
Premises,  shall contain comparable  improvements,  and the Minimum Rental shall
not exceed the Minimum Rental specified in Article 3 hereof.

ARTICLE 31- ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     Each party hereto agrees that at any time, and from time to time during the
Term of this Lease  Agreement  (but not more  often than twice in each  calendar
year),  within ten (10) days after  request by the other party  hereto,  it will
execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver  to such other  party or to any  prospective
purchaser,  assignee or mortgagee  designated  by such other party,  an estoppel
certificate in a form acceptable to Landlord.  Tenant agrees to provide Landlord
(but not more often than twice in any  calendar  year),  within ten (10) days of
request, the then most current financial statements of Tenant and any guarantors
of this Lease Agreement,  which shall be certified by Tenant,  and if available,
shall be audited and certified by a certified public accountant.  Landlord shall
keep  such  financial  statements   confidential,   except  Landlord  shall,  in
confidence,  be entitled to disclose  such  financial  statements to existing or
prospective mortgagees or purchasers of the Building.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 32 - GENERAL

     This Lease  Agreement  does not create the  relationship  of principal  and
agent  or of  partnership  or of joint  venture  or of any  association  between
Landlord and Tenant,  the sole  relationship  between  Landlord and Tenant being
that of landlord and tenant.  No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall
be implied  from any  omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such
default if such  default  persists or is repeated,  and no express  waiver shall
affect any default  other than the default  specified in the express  waiver and
that only for the time and to the extent therein stated. The covenants of Tenant
to pay the Minimum Rental and the Additional  Rental are each independent of any
other covenant,  condition, or provision contained in this Lease Agreement.  The
marginal or topical headings of the several Articles, paragraphs and clauses are
for convenience  only and do not define,  limit or construe the contents of such
Articles,  paragraphs or clauses.  All preliminary  negotiations are merged into
and  incorporated  in this Lease  Agreement.  This Lease  Agreement  can only be
modified or amended by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto. All
provisions  hereof  shall be binding upon the heirs,  successors  and assigns of
each party hereto.  If any term or provision of this L ease  Agreement  shall to
any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder shall not be affected
thereby,  and each other term and  provision  of this Lease  Agreement  shall be
valid and be  enforced to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law. If Tenant is a
corporation,  each  individual  executing this Lease Agreement on behalf of said
corporation  represents  and warrants that he is duly  authorized to execute and
deliver this Lease Agreement on behalf of said  corporation in accordance with a
duly adopted  resolution  of the Board of Directors  of said  corporation  or in
accordance with the Bylaws of said corporation, and that this Lease Agreement is
binding  upon said  corporation  in  accordance  with its  terms.  No receipt or
acceptance  by  Landlord  from  Tenant  of less  than the  monthly  rent  herein
stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account for any
due and unpaid  stipulated rent; no endorsement or statement of any check or any
letter or other  writing  accompanying  any check or payment of rent to Landlord
shall be deemed  an  accord  and  satisfaction,  and  Landlord  may  accept  and
negotiate such check or payment  without  prejudice to Landlord's  rights to (i)
recover  the  remaining  balance of such  unpaid  rent or (ii)  pursue any other
remedy provided in this Lease Agreement.  (Neither party shall record this Lease
Agreement or any memorandum thereof,  and any such recordation shall be a breach
of this Lease Agreement  void, and without  effect.) Time is of the essence with
respect to the due  performance of the terms,  covenants and  conditions  herein
contained.  Submission of this instrument for examination  does not constitute a
reservation of or option for the Premises, and this Lease Agreement shall become
effective only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 33 - EXCULPATION

     Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's interest in the Building for the
recovery of any  judgment  from  Landlord,  it being  agreed that  Landlord  and
Landlord's  partners,  whether general or limited (if Landlord is a partnership)
or its directors, officers or shareholders (if Landlord is a corporation), shall
never be personally liable for any such judgment.
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Lease  Agreement  has been duly  executed by the
parties hereto as of the day and year indicated above.

TENANT:                                 LANDLORD;

HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY         NORTHLAND CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
a Minnesota corporation                 a Minnesota limited partnership

By: /s/ Loren Brink                      By: /s/ Frank J. Dutke
     Loren Brink                              Frank J. Dutke
     Chief Executive Officer                  Assistant Secretary





                                                                              


                 ----------------------------------------------

                 ----------------------------------------------

            SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                      HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.

                                       AND

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                          Dated as of: February 4, 1997

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                 ----------------------------------------------

                 ----------------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                                Table of Contents

ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS.........................................................1
    Section 1.1 Definitions....................................................1
    Section 1.2 Cross References..............................................11

ARTICLE II  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITY...........................11
    Section 2.1 Existing Advances.............................................11
    Section 2.2 Revolving Advances............................................12
    Section 2.3 Term Advance..................................................13
    Section 2.4  Payment of Term Note.........................................13
    Section 2.5 Interest; Default Interest; Participations; Usury.............13
    Section 2.6 Fees..........................................................14
    Section 2.7 Computation of Interest and Fees; When Interest 
                Due and Payable...............................................14
    Section 2.8 Capital Adequacy..............................................14
    Section 2.9 Voluntary Prepayment; Termination of Credit 
                Facility by the Borrower; Permanent Reduction of the
                Maximum Line; Prepayment of the Term Note; Waiver of Fees.....15
    Section 2.10 Mandatory Prepayment.........................................16
    Section 2.11 Payment......................................................16
    Section 2.12 Payment on Non-Banking Days..................................16
    Section 2.13 Use of Proceeds..............................................16
    Section 2.14 Liability Records............................................16

ARTICLE III  SECURITY INTEREST; OCCUPANCY; SETOFF.............................17
    Section 3.1 Grant of Security Interest....................................17
    Section 3.2 Notification of Account Debtors and Other Obligors............17
    Section 3.3 Assignment of Insurance.......................................17
    Section 3.4 Occupancy.....................................................17
    Section 3.5 License.......................................................18
    Section 3.6 Financing Statement...........................................18
    Section 3.7 Setoff........................................................19

ARTICLE IV  CONDITIONS OF LENDING.............................................19
    Section 4.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Revolving 
                and Initial Term Advance......................................19
    Section 4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Advances..........................21
    Section 4.3 Conditions Precedent to Second Term Advance...................21
    Section 4.3 Conditions Precedent to Second Term Advance...................22
<PAGE>

ARTICLE V  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................23
    Section 5.1 Corporate Existence and Power; Name; Chief 
                Executive Office; Inventory and Equipment Locations;
                Tax Identification Number.....................................23
    Section 5.2 Authorization of Borrowing; No Conflict as to Law 
                or Agreements.................................................23
    Section 5.3 Legal Agreements..............................................24
    Section 5.4 Subsidiaries..................................................24
    Section 5.5 Financial Condition; No Adverse Change........................24
    Section 5.6 Litigation....................................................24
    Section 5.7 Regulation U..................................................24
    Section 5.8 Taxes.........................................................24
    Section 5.9 Titles and Liens..............................................25
    Section 5.10 Plans........................................................25
    Section 5.11 Default......................................................25
    Section 5.12 Environmental Matters........................................25
    Section 5.13 Submissions to Lender........................................26
    Section 5.14 Financing Statements.........................................27
    Section 5.15 Rights to Payment............................................27
    Section 5.16 Financial Solvency...........................................27

ARTICLE VI  BORROWER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..................................28
    Section 6.1 Reporting Requirements........................................28
    Section 6.2 Books and Records; Inspection and Examination.................30
    Section 6.3 Account Verification..........................................31
    Section 6.4 Compliance with Laws..........................................31
    Section 6.5 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.............................31
    Section 6.6 Maintenance of Properties.....................................32
    Section 6.7 Insurance.....................................................32
    Section 6.8 Preservation of Existence.....................................32
    Section 6.9 Delivery of Instruments, etc..................................33
    Section 6.10 Collateral Account...........................................33
    Section 6.11 Lockbox......................................................33
    Section 6.12 Performance by the Lender....................................34
    Section 6.13 Minimum Book Net Worth.......................................35
    Section 6.14 Maximum Debt to Book Net Worth Ratio.........................36
    Section 6.15 Net Income...................................................36
    Section 6.16 New Covenants................................................36
    Section 6.17 Employment of Loren Brink....................................37
    Section 6.18 Condition Subsequent to Closing..............................37
<PAGE>

ARTICLE VII  NEGATIVE COVENANTS...............................................38
    Section 7.1 Liens.........................................................38
    Section 7.2 Indebtedness..................................................38
    Section 7.3 Guaranties....................................................39
    Section 7.4 Investments and Subsidiaries..................................39
    Section 7.5 Dividends.....................................................40
    Section 7.6 Sale or Transfer of Assets; Suspension of Business 
                Operations....................................................40
    Section 7.7 Consolidation and Merger; Asset Acquisitions..................40
    Section 7.8 Sale and Leaseback............................................40
    Section 7.9 Restrictions on Nature of Business............................40
    Section 7.10 Capital Expenditures.........................................40
    Section 7.11 Accounting...................................................40
    Section 7.12 Defined Benefit Pension Plans................................41
    Section 7.13 Other Defaults...............................................41
    Section 7.14 Place of Business; Name......................................41
    Section 7.15 Organizational Documents; S Corporation Status...............41
    Section 7.16 Salaries.....................................................41
    Section 7.17 Change in Ownership..........................................41

ARTICLE VIII  EVENTS OF DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES..........................42
    Section 8.1 Events of Default.............................................42
    Section 8.2 Rights and Remedies...........................................44
    Section 8.3 Certain Notices...............................................45

ARTICLE IX  MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................45
    Section 9.1 Restatement of Old Credit Documents...........................45
    Section 9.2 Release.......................................................45
    Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies................................45
    Section 9.4 Amendments, Etc...............................................45
    Section 9.5 Addresses for Notices, Etc....................................46
    Section 9.6 Further Documents.............................................46
    Section 9.7 Collateral....................................................47
    Section 9.8 Costs and Expenses............................................47
    Section 9.9 Indemnity.....................................................47
    Section 9.10 Participants.................................................48
    Section 9.11 Execution in Counterparts....................................48
    Section 9.12 Binding Effect; Assignment; Complete Agreement; 
                 Exchanging Information.......................................48
    Section 9.13 Severability of Provisions...................................48
    Section 9.14 Headings.....................................................49
    Section 9.15 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.....49
<PAGE>

            SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of February 4, 1997

     HEALTH  FITNESS  PHYSICAL  THERAPY,  INC.,  a  Minnesota  corporation  (the
"Borrower"),  and  NORWEST  BANK  MINNESOTA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a National
Banking Association (the "Lender"), hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions


     Section 1. 1  Definitions.  For all purposes of this  Agreement,  except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

          ( a) the terms  defined in this Article have the meanings  assigned to
     them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular; and

          ( b) all  accounting  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have the
     meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP.

          "Accounts" means all accounts of the Borrower and each Subsidiary,  as
     such term is defined in the UCC, including without limitation the aggregate
     unpaid  obligations of customers and other account  debtors to the Borrower
     or such Affiliate arising out of the sale or lease of goods or rendition of
     services by the  Borrower or such  Affiliate on an open account or deferred
     payment basis.

          "Advance" means a Revolving Advance or a Term Advance.

          "Advances" means the Term Advances and Revolving Advances.

          "Affiliate"  or  "Affiliates"  means  Sports  &  Orthopedic   Physical
     Therapy,  Inc.,  Health Fitness  Physical Therapy of Tahoe,  Inc.,  Fitness
     Centers of America,  Health Fitness Rehab, Inc., Preferred  Companies,  and
     any other Person  Controlled  by,  Controlling or under common Control with
     the  Borrower,   including  (without  limitation)  any  Subsidiary  of  the
     Borrower.

          "Agreement" means this Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security
     Agreement, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
<PAGE>

          "Availability"  means the  difference of ( i) the Borrowing Base and (
     ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Note.

          "Banking  Day" means a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day
     on  which  banks  are  generally  not  open for  business  in  Minneapolis,
     Minnesota.

          "Base Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced from time to
     time by the Lender as its "base rate" or, if the Lender  ceases to announce
     a rate so designated, any similar successor rate designated by the Lender.

          "Book Net Worth"  means the  aggregate  of the  common  and  preferred
     stockholders' equity in the Borrower, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Borrowing Base" means, at any time the lesser of:

          ( a) the Maximum Line; or

          ( b)  subject  to  change  from  time  to time  in the  Lender's  sole
          discretion, (provided, however, that the Lender shall not, without the
          Borrower's  consent,  change the following  percentages  until the one
          year anniversary of the date hereof), the sum of:

               ( i) 40% of Eligible New Fitness Center Accounts, plus

               ( ii) 80% of Eligible Aged Fitness Center Accounts, plus

               ( iii) 65% of Eligible Physical Therapy Accounts, plus

               ( iv) 75% of Eligible Pro Source Accounts.

          "Capital Expenditures" for a period means any expenditure of money for
     the lease,  purchase or other  acquisition of any capital asset, or for the
     lease of any other asset whether payable currently or in the future.

          "Collateral"   means  all  of  the   Borrower's   Equipment,   General
     Intangibles,  Inventory, Receivables, all sums on deposit in any Collateral
     Account, and any items in any Lockbox; together with ( i) all substitutions
     and replacements  for and products of any of the foregoing;  ( ii) proceeds
     of any and all of the foregoing;  ( iii) in the case of all tangible goods,
     all accessions;  ( iv) all accessories,  attachments,  parts, equipment and
     repairs now or hereafter  attached or affixed to or used in connection with
     any tangible goods;  and ( v) all warehouse  receipts,  bills of lading and
     other documents of title now or hereafter covering such goods.

          "Collateral Account" has the meaning given in Section 6.10.

          "Commitment" means the Lender's  commitment to make Advances to or for
     the Borrower's account pursuant to Article II.
<PAGE>

          "Control," when used with respect to any specified  Person,  means the
     power to direct the  management  and policies of such  Person,  directly or
     indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
     or otherwise.

          "Corporate  Guarantors"  means Sports & Orthopedic  Physical  Therapy,
     Inc.,  Health Fitness Physical Therapy of Tahoe,  Inc.,  Fitness Centers of
     America,  Preferred Companies and Health Fitness Rehab, Inc., and after the
     conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are completed, HFRI.

          "Corporate Guarantor Security Agreement" means each Security Agreement
     of even date herewith,  executed by each Corporate  Guarantor and delivered
     to the Lender.

          "Credit  Facility"  means the credit  facility being made available to
     the Borrower by the Lender pursuant to Article II.

          "Debt" of any  Person  means all items of  indebtedness  or  liability
     which in  accordance  with GAAP  would be  included  in  determining  total
     liabilities  as shown on the  liabilities  side of a balance  sheet of that
     Person as at the date as of which Debt is to be determined. For purposes of
     determining  a  Person's  aggregate  Debt at any time,  "Debt"  shall  also
     include the  aggregate  payments  required to be made by such Person at any
     time under any lease that is considered a capitalized lease under GAAP.

          "Debt to Book Net Worth  Ratio" as of a given  date means the ratio of
     the Borrower's Debt to the Borrower's Book Net Worth.

          "Default"  means an event  that,  with  giving of notice or passage of
     time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Default  Period" means any period of time  beginning on the first day
     of any month  during  which a Default or Event of Default has  occurred and
     ending on the date the Lender  notifies  the  Borrower in writing that such
     Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived.

          "Default  Rate" means,  with  respect to the  Revolving  Advances,  an
     annual rate equal to two percent (2.00 %) over the Revolving Floating Rate,
     which rate shall change when and as the Revolving Floating Rate changes and
     with  respect  to the  Term  Advances,  an  annual  rate  equal to the Term
     Floating Rate.

          "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
     amended.

          "Eligible Aged Fitness Center Accounts" means all unpaid Accounts, net
     of any credits,  arising from the  Borrower's  or any  Guarantor's  fitness
     center  operations which are 31 days or more past the invoice date,  except
     the following shall not in any event be deemed Eligible Aged Fitness Center
     Accounts:
<PAGE>

               (i) That portion of Accounts over 90 days past invoice date;

               (ii) That  portion of  Accounts  that is disputed or subject to a
          claim of offset or a contra account;

               (iii) Accounts owed by any unit of government, whether foreign or
          domestic;

               (iv)  Accounts  owed by an account  debtor  located  outside  the
          United States;

               (v) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor that is  insolvent,  the
          subject of bankruptcy proceedings or has gone out of business;

               (vi)  Accounts  owed  by a  shareholder,  Subsidiary,  Affiliate,
          officer or employee of the Borrower;

               (vii) Accounts not subject to a duly perfected  security interest
          in the  Lender's  favor or which are  subject  to any  lien,  security
          interest  or  claim  in  favor of any  Person  other  than the  Lender
          including without limitation any payment or performance bond;

               (viii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  that has been  restructured,
          extended, amended or modified;

               (ix) That  portion  of  Accounts  that  constitutes  advertising,
          finance charges or service charges;

               (x) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor,  regardless  of whether
          otherwise  eligible,  if 10% or more of the  total  amount  due  under
          Accounts  from such debtor is  ineligible  under  clauses (i), (ii) or
          (viii) above; and

               (xi) Accounts,  or portions thereof,  otherwise deemed ineligible
          by the Lender in its reasonable discretion.

          "Eligible New Fitness Center Accounts" means all unpaid Accounts,  net
     of any credits,  arising from the  Borrower's  or any  Guarantor's  fitness
     center operations which are less than 31 days past the invoice date, except
     the following  shall not in any event be deemed Eligible New Fitness Center
     Accounts:

               (i) That portion of Accounts over 90 days past invoice date;

               (ii) That  portion of  Accounts  that is disputed or subject to a
          claim of offset or a contra account;

               (iii) Accounts owed by any unit of government, whether foreign or
          domestic;

               (iv)  Accounts  owed by an account  debtor  located  outside  the
          United States;
<PAGE>

               (v) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor that is  insolvent,  the
          subject of bankruptcy proceedings or has gone out of business;

               (vi)  Accounts  owed  by a  shareholder,  Subsidiary,  Affiliate,
          officer or employee of the Borrower;

               (vii) Accounts not subject to a duly perfected  security interest
          in the  Lender's  favor or which are  subject  to any  lien,  security
          interest  or  claim  in  favor of any  Person  other  than the  Lender
          including without limitation any payment or performance bond;

               (viii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  that has been  restructured,
          extended, amended or modified;

               (ix) That  portion  of  Accounts  that  constitutes  advertising,
          finance charges or service charges;

               (x) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor,  regardless  of whether
          otherwise  eligible,  if 10% or more of the  total  amount  due  under
          Accounts  from such debtor is  ineligible  under  clauses (i), (ii) or
          (viii) above; and

               (xi) Accounts,  or portions thereof,  otherwise deemed ineligible
          by the Lender in its reasonable discretion.

          "Eligible Physical Therapy Accounts" means all unpaid Accounts, net of
     any  credits,  arising  from the  Borrower's  or any  Guarantor's  physical
     therapy  operations,  except the following shall not in any event be deemed
     Eligible Physical Therapy Accounts:

               (i) That portion of Accounts over 90 days past invoice date;

               (ii) That  portion of  Accounts  that is disputed or subject to a
          claim of offset or a contra account;

               (iii) Accounts owed by any unit of government, whether foreign or
          domestic,  including, without limitation all Accounts of the Veteran's
          Administration;

               (iv)  Accounts  owed by an account  debtor  located  outside  the
          United States;

               (v) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor that is  insolvent,  the
          subject of bankruptcy proceedings or has gone out of business;

               (vi)  Accounts  owed  by a  shareholder,  Subsidiary,  Affiliate,
          officer or employee of the Borrower;

               (vii) Accounts not subject to a duly perfected  security interest
          in the  Lender's  favor or which are  subject  to any  lien,  security
          interest  or  claim  in  favor of any  Person  other  than the  Lender
          including without limitation any payment or performance bond;
<PAGE>

               (viii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  that has been  restructured,
          extended, amended or modified;

               (ix) That  portion  of  Accounts  that  constitutes  advertising,
          finance charges or service charges;

               (x) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor,  regardless  of whether
          otherwise  eligible,  if 10% or more of the  total  amount  due  under
          Accounts  from such debtor is  ineligible  under  clauses (i), (ii) or
          (viii) above; and

               (xi) Accounts,  or portions thereof,  otherwise deemed ineligible
          by the Lender in its reasonable discretion;

     provided,  however,  that  $20,000 of Accounts  shall be deemed  ineligible
     under  subparagraph  (x) above,  subject to change from time to time in the
     Lender's reasonable discretion.

          "Eligible Pro Source Accounts" means all unpaid  Accounts,  net of any
     credits,  arising  from  the  sale  of the  Borrower's  or any  Guarantor's
     inventory constituting fitness equipment, except the following shall not in
     any event be deemed Eligible Pro Source Accounts:

               (i) That portion of Accounts over 90 days past invoice date;

               (ii) That  portion of  Accounts  that is disputed or subject to a
          claim of offset or a contra account;

               (iii) Accounts owed by any unit of government, whether foreign or
          domestic;

               (iv)  Accounts  owed by an account  debtor  located  outside  the
          United States;

               (v) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor that is  insolvent,  the
          subject of bankruptcy proceedings or has gone out of business;

               (vi)  Accounts  owed  by a  shareholder,  Subsidiary,  Affiliate,
          officer or employee of the Borrower;

               (vii) Accounts not subject to a duly perfected  security interest
          in the  Lender's  favor or which are  subject  to any  lien,  security
          interest  or  claim  in  favor of any  Person  other  than the  Lender
          including without limitation any payment or performance bond;

               (viii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  that has been  restructured,
          extended, amended or modified;

               (ix) That  portion  of  Accounts  that  constitutes  advertising,
          finance charges or service charges;
<PAGE>

               (x) Accounts  owed by an account  debtor,  regardless  of whether
          otherwise  eligible,  if 10% or more of the  total  amount  due  under
          Accounts  from such debtor is  ineligible  under  clauses (i), (ii) or
          (viii) above; and

               (xi) Accounts,  or portions thereof,  otherwise deemed ineligible
          by the Lender in its reasonable discretion.

          "Environmental Laws" has the meaning specified in Section 5.12.

          "Equipment"  means all of the  Borrower's  equipment,  as such term is
     defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,  including but
     not  limited to all  present  and future  machinery,  vehicles,  furniture,
     fixtures, manufacturing equipment, shop equipment, office and recordkeeping
     equipment,  parts, tools,  supplies,  and including  specifically  (without
     limitation) the goods described in any equipment  schedule or list herewith
     or hereafter furnished to the Lender by the Borrower.

          "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.

          "Existing  Revolving  Advances"  has the meaning  specified in Section
     2.1.

          "Existing Term Advances" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

          "Funding Date" has the meaning given in Section 2.2 .

          "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles,  applied on a
     basis  consistent  with the accounting  practices  applied in the financial
     statements described in Section 5.5.

          "General Intangibles" means all of the Borrower's general intangibles,
     as such  term is  defined  in the  UCC,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter
     acquired,  including  (without  limitation) all present and future patents,
     patent applications,  copyrights,  trademarks,  trade names, trade secrets,
     customer or supplier lists and contracts,  manuals, operating instructions,
     permits, franchises, the right to use the Borrower's name, and the goodwill
     of the Borrower's business.

          "Guarantors"   means  the  Individual   Guarantor  and  the  Corporate
     Guarantors.

          "Hazardous Substance" has the meaning given in Section 5.12.

          "HFRI" means Health Fitness Rehab of Iowa, Inc., an Iowa corporation.

          "Individual Guarantor" means Loren Scott Brink.

          "Inventory"  means all of the  Borrower's  inventory,  as such term is
     defined  in the UCC,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter  acquired,  whether
     consisting  of  whole  goods,  spare  parts  or  components,   supplies  or
     materials, whether acquired, held or furnished for sale, for lease or under
     service contracts or for manufacture or processing, and wherever located.
<PAGE>

          "Isernhagen"  means  Isernhagen  Ltd.,  a  Minnesota  corporation  and
     Isernhagen & Associates, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation.

          "K.A.M."  means  K.A.M.  Physical  Therapy  Services,  P.C.,  an  Iowa
     professional corporation.

          "Loan  Documents"  means this  Agreement,  the Notes and the  Security
     Documents.

          "Lockbox" has the meaning given in Section 6.11.

          "Maturity Date" means January 31, 2000.

          "Maximum  Line"  means  $1,500,000,  unless  said  amount  is  reduced
     pursuant  to Section  2.9, in which event it means the amount to which said
     amount is reduced.

          "Net Income" means fiscal year-to-date after-tax net income, decreased
     by the sum of any extraordinary,  non-operating or non-cash income recorded
     by  the  Borrower  and   increased  by  any   extraordinary,   non-cash  or
     non-operating  expense or loss recorded by the  Borrower,  as determined in
     accordance with GAAP.

          "Note" means the  Revolving  Note or the Term Note,  and "Notes" means
     the Revolving Note and the Term Note.

          "Obligations" means the Notes and each and every other debt, liability
     and obligation of every type and description  which the Borrower may now or
     at any time  hereafter owe to the Lender,  whether such debt,  liability or
     obligation  now  exists or is  hereafter  created or  incurred,  whether it
     arises in a  transaction  involving  the Lender  alone or in a  transaction
     involving  other  creditors  of the  Borrower,  and whether it is direct or
     indirect,  due  or to  become  due,  absolute  or  contingent,  primary  or
     secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or sole, joint, several or joint and
     several, and including  specifically,  but not limited to, all indebtedness
     of the Borrower  arising under this Agreement,  the Notes or any other loan
     or credit  agreement  or  guaranty  between  the  Borrower  and the Lender,
     whether now in effect or hereafter entered into.

          "Old  Credit  Documents"  means that  certain  Restated  Term Loan and
     Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 1996, as amended.

          "Old Revolving  Note" means the Borrower's  revolving note dated as of
     December  16,  1996,  payable  to the order of the  Lender in the  original
     principal amount of $1,500,000.
<PAGE>

          "Old Security  Documents" means the Borrower's  Security  Agreement in
     favor of the Lender dated as of February 5, 1996.

          "Old Term Note"  means the  Borrower's  term note dated as of December
     16,  1996,  payable  to the order of the Lender in the  original  principal
     amount of $600,000.

          "Permitted Lien" has the meaning given in Section 7.1.

          "Person"  means  any  individual,   corporation,   partnership,  joint
     venture,  limited  liability  company,  association,  joint-stock  company,
     trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
     subdivision thereof.

          "Plan" means an employee benefit plan or other plan maintained for the
     Borrower's employees and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

          "Preferred Companies" means The Preferred Companies,  Inc., an Arizona
     corporation.

          "Premises"  means all premises  where the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary
     conducts its business and has any rights of possession,  including (without
     limitation) the premises described in Exhibit D attached hereto.

          "Receivables"  means  each  and  every  right of the  Borrower  to the
     payment of money,  whether  such right to payment  now exists or  hereafter
     arises,  whether such right to payment arises out of a sale, lease or other
     disposition of goods or other property, out of a rendering of services, out
     of a loan,  out of the  overpayment  of  taxes  or  other  liabilities,  or
     otherwise  arises  under any contract or  agreement,  whether such right to
     payment is created,  generated  or earned by the  Borrower or by some other
     person who subsequently  transfers such person's  interest to the Borrower,
     whether such right to payment is or is not already  earned by  performance,
     and  howsoever  such right to payment may be  evidenced,  together with all
     other rights and  interests  (including  all liens and security  interests)
     which the  Borrower  may at any time have by law or  agreement  against any
     account  debtor or other  obligor  obligated  to make any such  payment  or
     against any property of such account debtor or other obligor; all including
     but not limited to all present and future accounts,  contract rights, loans
     and obligations  receivable,  chattel papers,  bonds,  notes and other debt
     instruments,  tax  refunds  and  rights to payment in the nature of general
     intangibles.

          "Related  Persons"  means any Person and (i) all relatives  (including
     step or adoptive) within the third degree of such Person,  (ii) all Persons
     Controlled by,  Controlling  or under common Control with such Person,  and
     (iii) all Persons who are owners, directors or officers of such Person.

          "Reportable  Event"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to that term in
     Title IV of ERISA.
<PAGE>

          "Revolving Advance" has the meaning given in Section 2.2 .

          "Revolving Floating Rate" means an annual rate equal to the sum of the
     Base Rate plus two percent (2.00%), which annual rate shall change when and
     as the Base Rate changes.

          "Revolving  Note"  means the  Borrower's  revolving  promissory  note,
     payable to the order of the Lender in  substantially  the form of Exhibit A
     hereto and any note or notes issued in substitution  therefor,  as the same
     may hereafter be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "Security  Documents"  means this Agreement,  the Corporate  Guarantor
     Security  Agreements  and any other  document  delivered to the Lender from
     time to time to  secure  the  Obligations,  as the  same may  hereafter  be
     amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "Security Interest" has the meaning given in Section 3.1.

          "Subordination  Agreement" means the Debt Subordination  Agreement, to
     be  executed  by  START   Physical   Therapy  in  the  Lender's  favor  and
     acknowledged  by  the  Borrower,  and  any  other  subordination  agreement
     accepted  by the Lender  from time to time,  as the same may  hereafter  be
     amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation,  including  without  limitation,
     Sports & Orthopedic Physical Therapy, Inc., Health Fitness Physical Therapy
     of Tahoe, Inc., Fitness Centers of America, Health Fitness Rehab, Inc., and
     Preferred  Companies,  of which more than 50% of the outstanding  shares of
     capital stock having general voting power under ordinary  circumstances  to
     elect  a  majority  of  the  board  of  directors   of  such   corporation,
     irrespective  of  whether  or not at the time  stock of any other  class or
     classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
     any  contingency,  is at the  time  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by the
     Borrower, by the Borrower and one or more other Subsidiaries,  or by one or
     more other Subsidiaries.

          "Subsidiary  Inventory"  means,  for  each  Subsidiary,  all  of  such
     Subsidiary's  inventory,  as such term is defined in the UCC,  whether  now
     owned or hereafter acquired, whether consisting of whole goods, spare parts
     or components,  supplies or materials,  whether acquired, held or furnished
     for sale,  for  lease or under  service  contracts  or for  manufacture  or
     processing, and wherever located.

          "Subsidiary Receivables" means each and every right of each Subsidiary
     to the  payment  of money,  whether  such  right to  payment  now exists or
     hereafter arises, whether such right to payment arises out of a sale, lease
     or other  disposition  of goods or other  property,  out of a rendering  of
     services,  out  of a  loan,  out of  the  overpayment  of  taxes  or  other
     liabilities,  or otherwise arises under any contract or agreement,  whether
     such right to payment is created, generated or earned by such Subsidiary or
     by some other person who subsequently  transfers such person's  interest to
     such Subsidiary,  whether such right to payment is or is not already earned
     by  performance,  and  howsoever  such right to payment  may be  evidenced,
     together  with all other  rights  and  interests  (including  all liens and
     security  interests)  which such  Subsidiary may at any time have by law or
     agreement against any account debtor or other obligor obligated to make any
     such  payment or  against  any  property  of such  account  debtor or other
     obligor;  all including but not limited to all present and future accounts,
     contract rights, loans and obligations  receivable,  chattel papers, bonds,
     notes and other debt instruments,  tax refunds and rights to payment in the
     nature of general intangibles.
<PAGE>

          "Term Advances" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

          "Term Floating Rate" means an annual rate equal to the sum of the Base
     Rate plus six percent  (6.00%),  which annual rate shall change when and as
     the Base Rate changes.

          "Term Note" means the Borrower's promissory note, payable to the order
     of the Lender in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto and any note or
     notes  issued in  substitution  or  replacement  therefor,  as the same may
     hereafter be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

          "Termination  Date" means the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date,  (ii)
     the date the Borrower terminates the Credit Facility, or (iii) the date the
     Lender demands payment of the Obligations pursuant to Section 8.2.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time
     in the state  designated  in  Section  9.15 as the state  whose  laws shall
     govern this Agreement,  or in any other state whose laws are held to govern
     this Agreement or any portion hereof.



     Section  1. 2  Cross  References.  All  references  in  this  Agreement  to
Articles,  Sections  and  subsections,   shall  be  to  Articles,  Sections  and
subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise explicitly specified.


                                   ARTICLE II

                     Amount and Terms of the Credit Facility

     Section 2. 1 Existing Advances.

          ( a)  Revolving  Advances.  The  Lender  has  made  various  revolving
     advances to the Borrower (the "Existing  Revolving  Advances") as evidenced
     by the Old  Credit  Documents.  As of  February  1,  1997  the  outstanding
     principal balance of the Existing Revolving  Advances was $1,500,000.  Upon
     execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Existing  Revolving Advances
     shall be deemed to be Revolving  Advances  made pursuant to Section 2.2 and
     repayable  in  accordance  with  the  Revolving  Note.  To the  extent  the
     Revolving Note  evidences the Existing  Revolving  Advances,  the Revolving
     Note  shall be issued in  substitution  for and  replacement  of but not in
     payment of the Old Credit Documents.
<PAGE>

          ( b) Term  Advances.  The Lender has made various term advances to the
     Borrower  (the  "Existing  Term  Advances")  as evidenced by the Old Credit
     Documents.  As of February 1, 1997 the outstanding principal balance of the
     Existing Term Advances was  $600,000.  Upon  execution and delivery of this
     Agreement, the Existing Term Advances shall be deemed to be $600,000 of the
     Initial  Term  Advance  made  pursuant  to  Section  2.3 and  repayable  in
     accordance  with the Term Note.  To the extent the Term Note  evidences the
     Existing Term Advances,  the Term Note shall be issued in substitution  for
     and replacement of but not in payment of the Old Credit Documents.

     Section  2. 2  Revolving  Advances.  The  Lender  agrees,  on the terms and
subject to the  conditions  herein set forth,  to make  advances to the Borrower
from time to time from the date all of the  conditions  set forth in Section 4.1
are satisfied  (the "Funding  Date") to the  Termination  Date, on the terms and
subject  to the  conditions  herein set forth (the  "Revolving  Advances").  The
Lender  shall have no  obligation  to make a Revolving  Advance if, after giving
effect to such  requested  Revolving  Advance,  the sum of the  outstanding  and
unpaid  Revolving  Advances  would exceed the  Borrowing  Base.  The  Borrower's
obligation  to pay the  Revolving  Advances  shall be evidenced by the Revolving
Note and shall be secured by the  Collateral as provided in Article III.  Within
the limits set forth in this  Section  2.2 , the  Borrower  may  borrow,  prepay
pursuant to Section 2.9 and  reborrow.  The  Borrower  agrees to comply with the
following procedures in requesting Revolving Advances under this Section 2.2 :

          ( a) The Borrower  shall make each request for a Revolving  Advance to
     the Lender before 2:00 p.m.  (Minneapolis time) of the day of the requested
     Revolving  Advance.  Requests  may be  made  in  writing  or by  telephone,
     specifying  the date of the  requested  Revolving  Advance  and the  amount
     thereof.  Each request shall be by ( i) any officer of the  Borrower;  or (
     ii) any person  designated  as the  Borrower's  agent by any officer of the
     Borrower in a writing  delivered  to the Lender;  or ( iii) any person whom
     the Lender  reasonably  believes to be an officer of the Borrower or such a
     designated agent.

          ( b) Upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions  set  forth  in
     Article  IV,  the Lender  shall  disburse  the  proceeds  of the  requested
     Revolving  Advance by crediting the same to the  Borrower's  demand deposit
     account maintained with the Lender unless the Lender and the Borrower shall
     agree in writing  to  another  manner of  disbursement.  Upon the  Lender's
     request, the Borrower shall promptly confirm each telephonic request for an
     Advance by executing and delivering an appropriate confirmation certificate
     to the Lender.  The Borrower  shall repay all  Advances  even if the Lender
     does not receive such  confirmation  and even if the person  requesting  an
     Advance  was not in fact  authorized  to do so. Any request for an Advance,
     whether written or telephonic,  shall be deemed to be a  representation  by
     the  Borrower  that the  conditions  set  forth in  Section  4.2 have  been
     satisfied as of the time of the request.
<PAGE>


     Section 2. 3 Term Advances.  The Lender agrees, on the terms and subject to
the conditions  herein set forth, to make (a) an initial advance to the Borrower
on the Funding Date in the amount of $1,250,000 less the amount of Existing Term
Advances then outstanding (the "Initial Term Advance"),  (b) a second advance to
the Borrower in the amount of $250,000 upon the  satisfaction  of all conditions
set forth in Section 4.3 hereof (the  "Second  Term  Advance"),  and (c) a third
advance to the Borrower in the amount of $1,000,000 upon the satisfaction of all
conditions  set forth in Section  4.4 hereof  (the  "Third  Term  Advance",  and
together  with the Initial  Term  Advance and the Second Term  Advance the "Term
Advances").  If the Second Term Advance is not made on or before March 31, 1997,
the Lender's obligation to make the Second Term Advance shall be terminated, and
no Second Term Advance  shall be made.  If the Third Term Advance is not made on
or before March 31, 1997, the Lender's obligation to make the Third Term Advance
shall be  terminated,  and no Third Term Advance shall be made.  The  Borrower's
obligation  to pay the Term  Advances  shall be  evidenced  by the Term Note and
shall be secured by the Collateral as provided in Article III.

     Section 2. 4 Payment of Term Note. The outstanding principal balance of the
Term  Note  shall be due and  payable  (a) in eight  quarterly  installments  of
$100,000  each,  beginning on January 31, 1998 and  continuing on April 30, July
31,  October 31 and January 31 of each  calendar  year  thereafter,  through and
including  October 31, 1999, and (b) in one final installment on the Termination
Date, when the entire unpaid principal  balance of the Term Note, and all unpaid
interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable in full.


     Section 2. 5 Interest;  Default Interest;  Participations;  Usury. Interest
accruing  on the Notes  shall be due and  payable in arrears on the first day of
each month.

          ( a)  Revolving  Note.  Except as set  forth in  Sections  2.5(c)  and
     2.5(e), the outstanding  principal balance of the Revolving Note shall bear
     interest at the Revolving Floating Rate.

          ( b) Term Note. Except as set forth in Sections 2.5(c) and 2.5(e), the
     outstanding  principal  balance of the Term Note shall bear interest at the
     Term Floating Rate.

          ( c) Default Interest Rate. At any time during any Default Period,  in
     the Lender's sole  discretion  and without  waiving any of its other rights
     and remedies,  the principal of the Advances  outstanding from time to time
     shall  bear  interest  at the  Default  Rate,  effective  for  any  periods
     designated by the Lender from time to time during that Default Period.
<PAGE>

          ( d)  Participations.  If any Person shall acquire a participation  in
     the Advances under this  Agreement,  the Borrower shall be obligated to the
     Lender to pay the full amount of all interest  calculated under, along with
     all other  fees,  charges  and other  amounts  due  under  this  Agreement,
     regardless  if such Person  elects to accept  interest  with respect to its
     participation at a lower rate than the Revolving  Floating Rate or the Term
     Floating  Rate, or otherwise  elects to accept less than its pro rata share
     of such fees, charges and other amounts due under this Agreement.

          ( e) Usury. In any event no rate change shall be put into effect which
     would result in a rate greater than the highest rate permitted by law.

     Section 2. 6 Fees.

          ( a) Term Advances Fee. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay the Lender a
     fully  earned and  non-refundable  term  advances  fee of $12,500,  due and
     payable upon the execution of this Agreement.

          ( b) Audit Fees.  The  Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay the Lender,  on
     demand,  audit fees in connection with any audits or inspections  conducted
     by the Lender of any Collateral or the Borrower's operations or business at
     the rates  established  from time to time by the  Lender as its audit  fees
     (provided,  however, that such audit fees shall not exceed $500 per day per
     auditor) together with all actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred
     in  conducting  any such audit or  inspection.  The  Borrower  shall not be
     required to pay the Lender for more than two audits for each  calendar year
     unless an Event of Default occurs during such calendar year.

     Section 2. 7  Computation  of  Interest  and Fees;  When  Interest  Due and
Payable.  Interest accruing on the outstanding principal balance of the Advances
and fees hereunder  outstanding from time to time shall be computed on the basis
of  actual  number of days  elapsed  in a year of 360  days.  Interest  shall be
payable in arrears on the first day of each month and on the Termination Date.

     Section 2. 8 Capital Adequacy. If any Related Lender determines at any time
that its Return has been  reduced as a result of any Rule  Change,  such Related
Lender may require the  Borrower to pay it the amount  necessary  to restore its
Return to what it would have been had there been no Rule Change. For purposes of
this Section 2.8:

          (  a)  "Capital  Adequacy  Rule"  means  any  law,  rule,  regulation,
     guideline, directive, requirement or request regarding capital adequacy, or
     the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by  any  governmental  or
     regulatory  authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  whether or not
     having the force of law,  that  applies to any Related  Lender.  Such rules
     include rules requiring financial institutions to maintain total capital in
     amounts  based  upon  percentages  of  outstanding   loans,   binding  loan
     commitments and letters of credit.
<PAGE>

          ( b)  "Return",  for  any  period,  means  the  return  as  reasonably
     determined  by such  Related  Lender on the  Advances  based upon its total
     capital  requirements  and a  reasonable  attribution  formula  that  takes
     account  of the  Capital  Adequacy  Rules  then in  effect.  Return  may be
     calculated for each calendar quarter and for the shorter period between the
     end of a  calendar  quarter  and the date of  termination  in whole of this
     Agreement.

          ( c) "Rule  Change"  means any  change in any  Capital  Adequacy  Rule
     occurring after the date of this  Agreement,  but the term does not include
     any  changes  in  applicable  requirements  that at the  Closing  Date  are
     scheduled to take place under the existing  Capital  Adequacy  Rules or any
     increases in the capital that any Related Lender is required to maintain to
     the extent that the increases are required due to a regulatory  authority's
     assessment of the financial condition of such Related Lender.

          ( d) "Related Lender" includes (but is not limited to) the Lender, any
     parent  corporation  of the Lender and any  assignee of any interest of the
     Lender hereunder and any participant in the loans made hereunder.

Certificates  of any  Related  Lender  sent to the  Borrower  from  time to time
claiming  compensation  under this Section 2.8,  stating the reason therefor and
setting forth in reasonable  detail the calculation of the additional  amount or
amounts to be paid to the Related  Lender  hereunder to restore its Return shall
be conclusive  absent manifest error. In determining  such amounts,  the Related
Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

     Section 2. 9 Voluntary  Prepayment;  Termination of Credit  Facility by the
Borrower;  Permanent Reduction of the Maximum Line; Prepayment of the Term Note;
Waiver of Fees. Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Borrower may terminate
the Credit  Facility or prepay the Advances in whole at any time or from time to
time in part,  and,  subject to payment and  performance of all  Obligations and
termination  of the Credit  Facility,  the Lender shall release or terminate the
Security  Interest and the Security  Documents to which the Borrower is entitled
by law.

          ( a)  Termination  by Borrower.  The Borrower may terminate the Credit
     Facility at any time in accordance with in accordance with  subsections (b)
     and (c).

          ( b) Permanent Reduction of Maximum Line. The Borrower may at any time
     and from time to time,  upon at least 30 days' prior written  notice to the
     Lender,  permanently  reduce  in part or  completely  the  Maximum  Line or
     terminate the Credit Facility in accordance with the following provisions:

               ( i) The  Borrower  may not reduce the Maximum  Line to an amount
          less than the  then-aggregate  outstanding  balance  of the  Revolving
          Advances.

               ( ii) Any  reduction in the Maximum Line must be in an amount not
          less than $100,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
<PAGE>

               ( iii) If the  Borrower  reduces  the Maximum  Line to zero,  all
          Obligations shall be immediately due and payable.

          ( c)  Prepayment  of the Term Note.  The  Borrower may at any time and
     from time to time,  upon at least 1 business  day's prior written notice to
     the Lender, prepay in part or in whole the outstanding principal balance of
     the Term Note, so long as immediately  following any partial  prepayment of
     the Term Note the Borrower's  Availability  is not less than $500,000.  Any
     partial prepayments of the Term Note shall be applied to principal payments
     due and owing in inverse order of their maturities and must be in a minimum
     amount of $10,000 and in integral multiples of $10,000.


     Section  2. 10  Mandatory  Prepayment.  Without  notice or  demand,  if the
outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Advances shall at any time exceed
the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall immediately prepay the Revolving Advances
to the extent  necessary to eliminate such excess.  Any payment  received by the
Lender  under  this  Section  2.10 or under  Section  2.9 may be  applied to the
Obligations, in such order and in such amounts as the Lender, in its discretion,
may from time to time  determine;  provided  that any  prepayment  under Section
2.9(c) which the Borrower  designates  as a partial  prepayment of the Term Note
shall be applied to principal  installments of the Term Note in inverse order of
maturity.

     Section  2.  11  Payment.  All  payments  to the  Lender  shall  be made in
immediately available funds and shall be applied to the Obligations upon receipt
by the Lender.  The Lender may hold all  payments not  constituting  immediately
available  funds for three (3) days  before  applying  them to the  Obligations.
Notwithstanding  anything in Section 2.2 , the Borrower  hereby  authorizes  the
Lender to charge  against  the  Borrower's  account  with the  Lender or, in its
discretion at any time or from time to time without the  Borrower's  request and
even if the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 would not be satisfied,  to make
a Revolving  Advance in an amount equal to the portion of the  Obligations  from
time to time due and payable.

     Section 2. 12 Payment on Non-Banking Days.  Whenever any payment to be made
hereunder  shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Banking  Day,  such
payment may be made on the next  succeeding  Banking Day, and such  extension of
time  shall in such case be  included  in the  computation  of  interest  on the
Advances or the fees hereunder, as the case may be.

     Section 2. 13 Use of  Proceeds.  The  Borrower  shall use the  proceeds  of
Advances in accordance with Schedule 2.13.

     Section 2. 14 Liability Records. The Lender may maintain from time to time,
at its discretion,  liability records as to the Obligations. All entries made on
any such record shall be presumed  correct  until the Borrower  establishes  the
contrary.  Upon the  Lender's  demand,  the  Borrower  will admit and certify in
writing the exact principal  balance of the  Obligations  that the Borrower then
asserts to be outstanding.  Any billing statement or accounting  rendered by the
Lender shall be conclusive and fully binding on the Borrower unless the Borrower
gives the  Lender  specific  written  notice of  exception  within 30 days after
receipt.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                      Security Interest; Occupancy; Setoff

     Section 3. 1 Grant of  Security  Interest.  The  Borrower  hereby  pledges,
assigns and grants to the Lender a security interest  (collectively  referred to
as the "Security  Interest") in the Collateral,  as security for the payment and
performance of the Obligations.

     Section 3. 2 Notification of Account  Debtors and Other Obligors.  Upon the
occurrence and during the  continuance  of any Event of Default,  the Lender may
notify any account  debtor or other person  obligated to pay the amount due that
such  right to  payment  has been  assigned  or  transferred  to the  Lender for
security and shall be paid  directly to the Lender.  The  Borrower  will join in
giving such notice if the Lender so requests.  At any time after the Borrower or
the Lender gives such notice to an account debtor or other  obligor,  the Lender
may, but need not, in the Lender's name or in the  Borrower's  name, (a) demand,
sue for,  collect  or  receive  any money or  property  at any time  payable  or
receivable on account of, or securing,  any such right to payment,  or grant any
extension  to, make any  compromise  or  settlement  with or otherwise  agree to
waive,   modify,   amend  or  change  the  obligations   (including   collateral
obligations)  of any  such  account  debtor  or  other  obligor;  and (b) as the
Borrower's agent and  attorney-in-fact,  notify the United States Postal Service
to change  the  address  for  delivery  of the  Borrower's  mail to any  address
designated by the Lender,  otherwise intercept the Borrower's mail, and receive,
open and dispose of the  Borrower's  mail,  applying all Collateral as permitted
under this  Agreement and holding all other mail for the  Borrower's  account or
forwarding such mail to the Borrower's last known address.

     Section 3. 3  Assignment  of  Insurance.  As  additional  security  for the
payment and performance of the  Obligations,  the Borrower hereby assigns to the
Lender any and all monies (including, without limitation,  proceeds of insurance
and  refunds of  unearned  premiums)  due or to become due under,  and all other
rights of the Borrower with respect to, any and all policies of insurance now or
at any time  hereafter  covering the  Collateral or any evidence  thereof or any
business records or valuable papers pertaining thereto,  and the Borrower hereby
directs  the issuer of any such  policy to pay all such  monies  directly to the
Lender.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default,
the Lender may (but need not), in the Lender's name or in the  Borrower's  name,
execute and deliver proof of claim, receive all such monies,  endorse checks and
other instruments  representing  payment of such monies,  and adjust,  litigate,
compromise or release any claim against the issuer of any such policy.

     Section 3. 4 Occupancy.

          ( a) The Borrower hereby  irrevocably  grants to the Lender the right,
     subject to the rights of any landlord of such Premises,  to take possession
     of the Premises at any time during a Default Period.
<PAGE>

          (  b)  The  Lender  may  use  the  Premises  only  to  hold,  process,
     manufacture, sell, use, store, liquidate, realize upon or otherwise dispose
     of goods that are  Collateral and for other purposes that the Lender may in
     good faith deem to be related or incidental purposes.

          ( c) The Lender's right to hold the Premises shall cease and terminate
     upon the earlier of ( i) payment in full and  discharge of all  Obligations
     and termination of the  Commitment,  and ( ii) final sale or disposition of
     all  goods  constituting  Collateral  and  delivery  of all  such  goods to
     purchasers.

          ( d) The Lender  shall not be obligated to pay or account for any rent
     or other  compensation  for the possession,  occupancy or use of any of the
     Premises  unless  required by the landlord or  landlords of such  Premises;
     provided,  however,  that if the Lender does pay or account for any rent or
     other  compensation  for  the  possession,  occupancy  or use of any of the
     Premises,  the Borrower  shall  reimburse the Lender  promptly for the full
     amount thereof. In addition, the Borrower will pay, or reimburse the Lender
     for, all taxes,  fees,  duties,  imposts,  charges and expenses at any time
     incurred  by or  imposed  upon  the  Lender  by  reason  of the  execution,
     delivery,  existence,  recordation,  performance  or  enforcement  of  this
     Agreement or the provisions of this Section 3.4.

     Section  3.  5  License.  The  Borrower  hereby  grants  to  the  Lender  a
non-exclusive,  worldwide and royalty-free  license to use or otherwise  exploit
all trademarks,  franchises, trade names, copyrights and patents of the Borrower
for the  purpose  of  selling,  leasing  or  otherwise  disposing  of any or all
Collateral during any Default Period.

     Section  3.  6  Financing  Statement.  A  carbon,   photographic  or  other
reproduction  of this  Agreement or of any  financing  statements  signed by the
Borrower is sufficient as a financing  statement and may be filed as a financing
statement in any state to perfect the security  interests  granted  hereby.  For
this purpose, the following information is set forth:

         Name and address of Debtor:

                  Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc.
                  3500 West 80th Street
                  Suite 130
                  Bloomington, Minnesota 55431

                  Federal Tax Identification No. 41-1580506
<PAGE>

         Name and address of Secured Party:

                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                  7900 Xerxes Avenue South
                  Bloomington, Minnesota  55431

                  Federal Tax Identification No.  41-1592157


     Section 3. 7 Setoff.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
Event of Default,  the  Borrower  agrees that the Lender may at any time or from
time to time, at its sole  discretion  and without  demand and without notice to
anyone, setoff any liability owed to the Borrower by the Lender,  whether or not
due,  against  any  Obligation,  whether  or not  due.  In  addition,  upon  the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each other Person
holding a  participating  interest  in any  Obligations  shall have the right to
appropriate or setoff any deposit or other liability then owed by such Person to
the  Borrower,  whether  or not due,  and apply the same to the  payment of said
participating  interest,  as fully as if such  Person had lent  directly  to the
Borrower the amount of such participating interest.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Conditions of Lending


     Section 4. 1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Revolving and Initial Term
Advance.  The Lender's  obligation to make the initial Revolving Advance and the
Initial Term Advance hereunder shall be subject to the condition  precedent that
the Lender shall have received all of the following,  each in form and substance
satisfactory to the Lender:

          ( a) This Agreement, properly executed by the Borrower.

          ( b) The Notes, properly executed by the Borrower.

          ( c) A true and  correct  copy of the  leases  pursuant  to which  the
     Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  are leasing the  Premises in St. Louis Park,
     Minnesota,  Edina,  Minnesota and Bloomington,  Minnesota,  together with a
     landlord's disclaimer and consent with respect to each such lease.

          ( d) Current searches of appropriate  filing offices showing that ( i)
     no state or federal tax liens have been filed and remain in effect  against
     the Borrower,  ( ii) no financing  statements have been filed and remain in
     effect against the Borrower except those financing  statements  relating to
     Permitted Liens or to liens held by Persons who have agreed in writing that
     upon  receipt of proceeds of the  Advances,  they will deliver UCC releases
     and/or  terminations  satisfactory to the Lender, and ( iii) the Lender has
     duly filed all  financing  statements  necessary  to perfect  the  Security
     Interest, to the extent the Security Interest is capable of being perfected
     by filing.
<PAGE>

          ( e) A certificate of the Borrower's  Secretary or Assistant Secretary
     certifying as to ( i) the  resolutions of the Borrower's  directors and, if
     required, shareholders, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
     of the Loan Documents,  ( ii) the Borrower's  articles of incorporation and
     bylaws,  and ( iii) the  signatures  of the  Borrower's  officers or agents
     authorized to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and other instruments,
     agreements and certificates,  including Advance requests, on the Borrower's
     behalf.

          ( f) A  current  certificate  issued  by the  Secretary  of  State  of
     Minnesota,   certifying  that  the  Borrower  is  in  compliance  with  all
     applicable organizational requirements of the State of Minnesota.

          ( g) Evidence  that the Borrower and each  Subsidiary is duly licensed
     or qualified to transact business in all jurisdictions where the failure to
     do so would  materially  adversely  affect the Lender's,  Borrower's or any
     Subsidiary's  rights or the Lender's security in the Collateral,  provided,
     however,  that the  Borrower  need not evidence  qualification  to transact
     business in California as of the date hereof.

          ( h) An opinion of counsel to the Borrower, addressed to the Lender.

          ( i) Certificates of the insurance required hereunder, with all hazard
     insurance  containing a lender's loss payable  endorsement  in the Lender's
     favor and with all liability  insurance  naming the Lender as an additional
     insured.

          ( j)  A  separate  guaranty,  properly  executed  by  each  Guarantor,
     pursuant to which each  Guarantor  unconditionally  guarantees the full and
     prompt payment of all Obligations.

          ( k) A  certificate  of the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of each
     Corporate Guarantor  certifying as to ( i) the resolutions of the directors
     and, if required, shareholders, of that Corporate Guarantor authorizing the
     execution,  delivery and performance of the guaranty executed and delivered
     to the Lender by that Corporate Guarantor;  ( ii) articles of incorporation
     and bylaws;  and ( iii) the signatures of the officers or agents authorized
     to execute and deliver such guaranty on behalf of such company.

          ( l) Current searches of appropriate  filing offices showing that ( i)
     no state or  federal  tax or  judgment  liens have been filed and remain in
     effect against the Corporate Guarantors, ( ii) no financing statements have
     been filed and remain in effect  against the  Corporate  Guarantors  except
     financing statements acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion, and (
     iii) the  Lender  has duly  filed all  financing  statements  necessary  to
     perfect its security interests in the property of the Corporate Guarantors,
     to the extent such  security  interests  are capable of being  perfected by
     filing.
<PAGE>

          ( m) Separate Corporate Guarantor Security  Agreements,  duly executed
     by each Corporate Guarantor.

          ( n) An opinion of counsel to each Guarantor, addressed to the Lender.

          ( o) Payment of the fees and  commissions  due through the date of the
     initial  Advance  under  Section  2.6 and  expenses  incurred by the Lender
     through  such date and required to be paid by the  Borrower  under  Section
     9.8,  including  all  legal  expenses  incurred  through  the  date of this
     Agreement.

          ( p) Such other documents as the Lender may reasonably require.

     Section 4. 2 Conditions Precedent to All Advances.  The Lender's obligation
to make each Advance shall be subject to the further  conditions  precedent that
on such date:

          ( a) the  representations  and  warranties  contained in Article V are
     correct on and as of the date of such  Advance as though  made on and as of
     such date,  except to the extent that such  representations  and warranties
     relate solely to an earlier date; and

          ( b) no event has  occurred  and is  continuing,  or would result from
     such Advance which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

     Section 4. 3  Conditions  Precedent  to Second Term  Advance.  The Lender's
obligation  to make the Second Term  Advance  shall be subject to the  condition
precedent that the Lender shall have received all of the following, each in form
and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

          ( a) The  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  by and among  K.A.M.
     Physical  Therapy  Services  Corp.,  The  Shareholders  of K.A.M.  Physical
     Therapy Services Corp. and HFRI, pursuant to which HFRI acquires all of the
     assets of K.A.M.,  and such other  documents  and  evidence of a successful
     purchase as the Lender may reasonably require.

          ( b) Evidence  that the Borrower owns 100% of the common and preferred
     stock of HFRI.

          ( c) A separate guaranty,  substantially in the form of the guaranties
     executed  by the other  Corporate  Guarantors,  properly  executed by HFRI,
     pursuant  to which  HFRI  unconditionally  guarantees  the full and  prompt
     payment of all Obligations.

          ( d) A  certificate  of the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of HFRI
     certifying as to ( i) the  resolutions  of the directors  and, if required,
     shareholders,  of HFRI authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance
     of the  guaranty  executed  and  delivered  to the  Lender  by HFRI;  ( ii)
     articles of  incorporation  and bylaws;  and ( iii) the  signatures  of the
     officers  or agents  authorized  to execute and  deliver  such  guaranty on
     behalf of HFRI.
<PAGE>

          ( e) Current searches of appropriate  filing offices showing that ( i)
     no state or  federal  tax or  judgment  liens have been filed and remain in
     effect  against  K.A.M.  or HFRI, ( ii) no financing  statements  have been
     filed  and  remain  in  effect  against  K.A.M.  or HFRI  except  financing
     statements acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion,  and ( iii) the
     Lender has duly filed all  financing  statements  necessary  to perfect its
     security  interests  in the property of HFRI,  to the extent such  security
     interests are capable of being perfected by filing.

          ( f) A separate Corporate Guarantor Security Agreement,  duly executed
     by HFRI.

          ( g) An opinion of counsel to HFRI, addressed to the Lender.

          ( h) Such other documents as the Lender may reasonably require.

     Section 4. 4  Conditions  Precedent  to Third Term  Advance.  The  Lender's
obligation  to make the Third Term  Advance  shall be  subject to the  condition
precedent that the Lender shall have received all of the following, each in form
and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

          ( a) The Asset  Purchase  Agreements  by and  between  Health  Fitness
     Rehab,  Inc. and  Isernhagen,  bills of sale,  and such other evidence of a
     successful purchase as the Lender may reasonably require.

          ( b) An  Opinion  of Counsel to  Isernhagen,  addressed  to  Borrower,
     opining as to the  purchase of  Isernhagen's  assets  pursuant to the Asset
     Purchase   Agreement  by  and  between  Health  Fitness  Rehab,   Inc.  and
     Isernhagen.

          ( c) Current searches of appropriate  filing offices showing that ( i)
     no state or  federal  tax or  judgment  liens have been filed and remain in
     effect against  Isernhagen,  ( ii) no financing  statements have been filed
     and  remain  in  effect  against  Isernhagen  except  financing  statements
     acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion,  and ( iii) the Lender has
     duly filed all  financing  statements  necessary  to perfect  its  security
     interests in the property of Health Fitness Rehab, Inc., to the extent such
     security interests are capable of being perfected by filing.

          ( d) An opinion of counsel to Health Fitness Rehab, Inc., addressed to
     the Lender.

          ( e) Such other documents as the Lender may reasonably require.
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

                         Representations and Warranties

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:

     Section 5. 1 Corporate  Existence and Power;  Name; Chief Executive Office;
Inventory and Equipment Locations;  Tax Identification  Number. The Borrower and
each of the Subsidiaries is a corporation,  duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing  under the laws of the State of its  incorporation  and is duly
licensed or  qualified  to  transact  business  in all  jurisdictions  where the
failure to do so would materially  adversely effect the Lender's,  Borrower's or
any Subsidiary's  rights or the Lender's  security in the Collateral,  provided,
however,  that, as of the date hereof,  (i) the Borrower is not duly licensed or
qualified to transact business in California,  Massachusetts, Texas, Iowa, North
Dakota,  West Virginia,  Illinois,  Ohio,  Kentucky or Oklahoma and (ii) Fitness
Centers of America is not duly  licensed or  qualified  to transact  business in
Colorado,  Maryland,  Wisconsin,  North Carolina,  Illinois,  Ohio, Kentucky and
Oregon.  The Borrower and each of the  Subsidiaries  has all requisite power and
authority,  corporate  or  otherwise,  to  conduct  its  business,  to  own  its
properties  and to execute and  deliver,  and to perform all of its  obligations
under, the Loan Documents, the Guarantors' guaranties and the Corporate Guaranty
Security  Agreements.  During their existence,  the Borrower and each Subsidiary
has done business  solely under the names set forth in Schedule 5.1 hereto.  The
Borrower's and each of the  Subsidiaries'  chief executive  office and principal
place of business are located at the respective  addresses set forth in Schedule
5.1 hereto,  and all of the Borrower's  and  Subsidiaries'  records  relating to
their  business or the Collateral  are kept at those  locations.  All Inventory,
Subsidiary  Inventory and Equipment are located at those  locations or at one of
the other  locations  set forth in  Schedule  5.1  hereto.  The  Borrower's  tax
identification number is correctly set forth in Section 3.6 hereto.

     Section  5.  2  Authorization  of  Borrowing;  No  Conflict  as to  Law  or
Agreements. The execution,  delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan
Documents  and the  borrowings  from  time  to time  hereunder  have  been  duly
authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action  and do not and  will  not ( i)
require any consent or approval of the  Borrower's  stockholders;  ( ii) require
any  authorization,  consent or approval  by, or  registration,  declaration  or
filing  with,  or notice to, any  governmental  department,  commission,  board,
bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  or any third  party,
except such authorization, consent, approval, registration,  declaration, filing
or notice as has been obtained,  accomplished or given prior to the date hereof;
( iii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation (including,  without
limitation,  Regulation  X of the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
System) or of any order,  writ,  injunction or decree presently in effect having
applicability to the Borrower or of the Borrower's  articles of incorporation or
bylaws;  ( iv) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture
or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument
to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or its  properties  may be bound
or affected provided,  however, that the Borrower is or will be in default under
its security  agreement with START Physical  Therapy as a result of the Security
Interest and Obligations hereunder;  or ( v) result in, or require, the creation
or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or
other charge or  encumbrance  of any nature  (other than the Security  Interest)
upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by
the Borrower.
<PAGE>
     Section 5. 3 Legal Agreements.  

          ( a)The Old Credit Documents  constitute the legal,  valid and binding
     obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance
     with their  respective  terms  (subject  to laws  generally  affecting  the
     enforcement of creditors'  rights).  The Borrower has no claim,  defense or
     offset to enforcement of the Old Credit Documents.

          ( b)  This  Agreement  constitutes  and,  upon  due  execution  by the
     Borrower,  the other Loan  Documents will  constitute the legal,  valid and
     binding  obligations of the Borrower,  enforceable  against the Borrower in
     accordance with their respective terms (subject to laws generally affecting
     the enforcement of creditors' rights).

     Section 5. 4 Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth in Schedule 5.4 hereto, the
Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

     Section 5. 5 Financial  Condition;  No Adverse  Change.  The  Borrower  has
heretofore  furnished to the Lender audited financial  statements for itself and
its  Subsidiaries  for their fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995 and  unaudited
financial statements for itself and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year-to-date
period  ended  November  30,  1996  and  those  statements  fairly  present  the
Borrower's and Subsidiaries'  financial  conditions on the dates thereof and the
results of their  operations  and cash flows for the periods then ended and were
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Since the
date of the most recent financial statements, there has been no material adverse
change in the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's  business,  properties or condition
(financial or otherwise).

     Section 5. 6 Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
or, to the Borrower's knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or the  properties of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  before any
court  or  governmental  department,   commission,   board,  bureau,  agency  or
instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  which,  if  determined  adversely to the
Borrower  or such  Subsidiary,  would  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
financial   condition,   properties  or  operations  of  the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary.

     Section 5. 7  Regulation  U. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of
extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within
the meaning of  Regulation U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System),  and no part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or
carry  any  margin  stock or to  extend  credit to  others  for the  purpose  of
purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

     Section 5. 8 Taxes.  The Borrower and the Affiliates have paid or caused to
be paid to the proper  authorities  when due all federal,  state and local taxes
required to be withheld by each of them.  The Borrower and the  Affiliates  have
filed all  federal,  state and local tax returns  which to the  knowledge of the
officers of the Borrower or any  Affiliate,  as the case may be, are required to
be filed,  and the Borrower and the Affiliates have paid or caused to be paid to
the respective  taxing  authorities all taxes as shown on said returns or on any
assessment received by any of them to the extent such taxes have become due.

<PAGE>
     Section 5. 9 Titles and Liens.  The Borrower has good and absolute title to
all Collateral  described in the collateral  reports  provided to the Lender and
all other  Collateral,  properties and assets  reflected in the latest financial
statements  referred to in Section 5.5 and all proceeds thereof,  free and clear
of all  mortgages,  security  interests,  liens  and  encumbrances,  except  for
Permitted Liens. No financing statement naming the Borrower as debtor is on file
in any office except to perfect only Permitted Liens.

     Section 5. 10 Plans.  Except as disclosed to the Lender in writing prior to
the date  hereof,  neither  the  Borrower  nor any  Affiliate  maintains  or has
maintained  any Plan.  Neither the Borrower nor any  Affiliate  has received any
notice or has any knowledge to the effect that it is not in full compliance with
any of the  requirements  of  ERISA.  No  Reportable  Event  or  other  fact  or
circumstance which may have an adverse effect on the Plan's tax qualified status
exists in connection with any Plan. Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate has:

          ( a) Any accumulated  funding  deficiency within the meaning of ERISA;
     or

          ( b) Any liability or knows of any fact or  circumstances  which could
     result in any liability to the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  the
     Internal  Revenue  Service,  the Department of Labor or any  participant in
     connection  with any Plan (other than accrued  benefits  which or which may
     become payable to participants or beneficiaries of any such Plan).

     Section 5. 11 Default.  The  Borrower is in  compliance  with all  material
provisions of all agreements,  instruments,  decrees and orders to which it is a
party or by which it or its property is bound or affected, the breach or default
of which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Borrower's  financial
condition, properties or operations.

     Section 5. 12 Environmental Matters.

          ( a) Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
     have the following meanings:

               ( i) "Environmental Law" means any federal, state, local or other
          governmental  statute,  regulation,  law or ordinance dealing with the
          protection of human health and the environment.

               ( ii)  "Hazardous  Substances"  means  pollutants,  contaminants,
          hazardous  substances,   hazardous  wastes,  petroleum  and  fractions
          thereof,  and all other  chemicals,  wastes,  substances and materials
          listed in, regulated by or identified in any Environmental Law.
<PAGE>

          ( b) To the  Borrower's  knowledge,  there are not  present  in, on or
     under the Premises any Hazardous  Substances in such form or quantity as to
     create any liability or obligation for the Borrower,  any Subsidiary or the
     Lender under common law of any jurisdiction or under any Environmental Law,
     and no Hazardous Substances have ever been stored, buried, spilled, leaked,
     discharged,  emitted or released in, on or under the Premises in such a way
     as to create any such liability.

          ( c) To  the  Borrower's  knowledge,  neither  the  Borrower  nor  any
     Subsidiary  has  disposed of  Hazardous  Substances  in such a manner as to
     create any liability under any Environmental Law.

          ( d) There are not and there  never  have been any  requests,  claims,
     notices, investigations,  demands, administrative proceedings,  hearings or
     litigation,  relating in any way to the Borrower's or any  Subsidiary's use
     of Premises,  the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  alleging  liability  under,
     violation of, or noncompliance  with any  Environmental Law or any license,
     permit or other  authorization  issued pursuant thereto.  To the Borrower's
     knowledge, no such matter is threatened or impending.

          ( e) To the Borrower's knowledge, the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries'
     businesses  are and have in the past always been  conducted  in  accordance
     with  all   Environmental   Laws  and  all  licenses,   permits  and  other
     authorizations required pursuant to any Environmental Law and necessary for
     the lawful and efficient operation of such businesses are in the Borrower's
     or a Subsidiaries'  possession and are in full force and effect.  No permit
     required  under any  Environmental  Law is  scheduled  to expire  within 12
     months  and  there is no threat  that any such  permit  will be  withdrawn,
     terminated, limited or materially changed.

          ( f) To the Borrower's knowledge,  the Premises are not and never have
     been  listed  on  the   National   Priorities   List,   the   Comprehensive
     Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability  Information System or
     any similar  federal,  state or local list,  schedule,  log,  inventory  or
     database.

          (  g)  The  Borrower  has   delivered  to  Lender  all   environmental
     assessments,  audits, reports,  permits, licenses and other documents which
     have been or are in the  possession of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  and
     which  describe  or  relate  in any  way to the  Premises,  the  Borrower's
     businesses or any Subsidiary's businesses.

     Section 5. 13  Submissions to Lender.  All financial and other  information
provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the  Borrower in  connection  with the
Borrower's  request for the credit  facilities  contemplated  hereby is true and
correct in all material respects and, as to projections,  valuations or proforma
financial  statements,  present a good  faith  opinion  as to such  projections,
valuations and proforma condition and results.
<PAGE>

     Section 5. 14 Financing Statements. The Borrower has provided to the Lender
signed  financing  statements  sufficient  when  filed to perfect  the  Security
Interest and the other  security  interests  created by the Security  Documents.
When such  financing  statements  are filed in the offices  noted  therein,  the
Lender will have a valid and perfected  security  interest in all Collateral and
all other  collateral  described in the Security  Documents  which is capable of
being perfected by filing financing statements.  None of the Collateral or other
collateral covered by the Security Documents is or will become a fixture on real
estate, unless a sufficient fixture filing is in effect with respect thereto.

     Section 5. 15 Rights to Payment. Each right to payment and each instrument,
document,   chattel  paper  and  other  agreement   constituting  or  evidencing
Collateral or other collateral  covered by the Security Documents is (or, in the
case of all future Collateral or such other collateral,  will be when arising or
issued) the valid,  genuine and legally  enforceable  obligation,  subject to no
defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than those arising in the ordinary course
of  business),  of the account  debtor or other  obligor named therein or in the
Borrower's or any Subsidiary's  records pertaining thereto as being obligated to
pay such obligation.

     Section 5. 16 Financial  Solvency.  Both before and after giving  effect to
the acquisitions of K.A.M., HFRI, Preferred Companies Isernhagen, and all of the
other transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents,  neither the Borrower nor
any Affiliate:

          ( a) was or will be  insolvent,  as that term is used and  defined  in
     Section  101(32) of the United States  Bankruptcy Code and Section 2 of the
     Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act;

          ( b) has  unreasonably  small capital or is engaged or about to engage
     in a  business  or a  transaction  for  which any  remaining  assets of the
     Borrower or such Affiliate are unreasonably small;

          ( c) by executing,  delivering or performing its obligations under the
     Loan  Documents or other  documents to which it is a party or by taking any
     action with respect  thereto,  intends to, nor believes that it will, incur
     debts beyond its ability to pay them as they mature;

          ( d) by executing,  delivering or performing its obligations under the
     Loan  Documents or other  documents to which it is a party or by taking any
     action with respect thereto, intends to hinder, delay or defraud either its
     present or future creditors; and

          ( e) at this time contemplates  filing a petition in bankruptcy or for
     an arrangement or  reorganization  or similar  proceeding under any law any
     jurisdiction, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, is the subject of
     any  actual,  pending  or  threatened  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar
     proceedings under any law of any jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                        Borrower's Affirmative Covenants

     So long as the  Obligations  shall remain  unpaid,  or the Credit  Facility
shall  remain   outstanding,   the  Borrower  will  comply  with  the  following
requirements, unless the Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 6. 1 Reporting Requirements. The Borrower will deliver, or cause to
be delivered,  to the Lender each of the  following,  which shall be in form and
detail reasonably acceptable to the Lender:

          ( a) as soon as available,  and in any event within 120 days after the
     end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  the Borrower's  audited financial
     statements with the  unqualified  opinion of independent  certified  public
     accountants  selected by the Borrower and  acceptable to the Lender,  which
     annual financial  statements shall include the Borrower's  balance sheet as
     at the end of such fiscal year and the related statements of the Borrower's
     income,  retained  earnings  and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended,
     prepared,  if the Lender so requests,  on a consolidating  and consolidated
     basis to include any Affiliates,  all in reasonable  detail and prepared in
     accordance with GAAP,  together with ( i) copies of all management  letters
     prepared by such  accountants;  ( ii) a report  signed by such  accountants
     stating that in making the  investigations  necessary for said opinion they
     obtained no knowledge,  except as  specifically  stated,  of any Default or
     Event of Default  hereunder and all relevant facts in reasonable  detail to
     evidence,  and the  computations  as to,  whether or not the Borrower is in
     compliance with the requirements set forth in Sections 6.13, 6.14, 6.15 and
     7.10; and ( iii) a certificate of the Borrower's  chief  financial  officer
     stating that such  financial  statements  have been  prepared in accordance
     with GAAP and whether or not such officer has  knowledge of the  occurrence
     of any  Default  or Event of  Default  hereunder  and,  if so,  stating  in
     reasonable detail the facts with respect thereto;

          ( b) as soon as  available  and in any event within 30 days of the end
     of each month, an unaudited/internal balance sheet and statements of income
     and retained  earnings of the Borrower as at the end of such period and for
     the year to date period then ended, prepared, if the Lender so requests, on
     a  consolidating  and  consolidated  basis to include  any  Affiliates,  in
     reasonable  detail and  stating in  comparative  form the  figures  for the
     corresponding  date and  periods in the  previous  year,  all  prepared  in
     accordance  with  GAAP,   subject  to  year-end  audit   adjustments;   and
     accompanied  by a certificate of the Borrower's  chief  financial  officer,
     substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  C  hereto  stating  ( i) that  such
     financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to
     year-end audit adjustments, ( ii) whether or not such officer has knowledge
     of the  occurrence  of any  Default  or  Event  of  Default  hereunder  not
     theretofore  reported and remedied and, if so, stating in reasonable detail
     the facts with respect thereto, and ( iii) all relevant facts in reasonable
     detail to evidence, and the computations as to, whether or not the Borrower
     is in compliance with the  requirements  set forth in Sections 6.13,  6.14,
     6.15 and 7.10;
<PAGE>

          ( c) on the 15th and last day of each  month or,  upon the  occurrence
     and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default more  frequently if the
     Lender so requires, agings of the Borrower's and each Subsidiary's accounts
     receivable and a calculation of the Borrower's and Subsidiaries'  Accounts,
     Eligible  Aged  Fitness  Center  Accounts,   Eligible  New  Fitness  Center
     Accounts,  Eligible  Physical  Therapy  Accounts  and  Eligible  Pro Source
     Accounts as at the end of such period;

          ( d) within 30 days after the end of each  month,  a report  outlining
     the Borrower's allowances for discounts, certified as correct by an officer
     of the Borrower and the agings of the Borrower's and Subsidiaries' accounts
     payable;

          ( e) at least 30 days before the  beginning of each fiscal year of the
     Borrower, the projected balance sheets and income statements for each month
     of such year, each in reasonable  detail,  representing the Borrower's good
     faith  projections and certified by the Borrower's chief financial  officer
     as being the most  accurate  projections  available  and  identical  to the
     projections used by the Borrower for internal planning  purposes,  together
     with such  supporting  schedules and  information  as the Lender may in its
     discretion require;

          ( f) immediately after the commencement thereof,  notice in writing of
     all litigation and of all proceedings before any governmental or regulatory
     agency  affecting  the  Borrower of the type  described  in Section 5.12 or
     which seek a monetary recovery against the Borrower in excess of $50,000;

          ( g) as promptly as practicable  (but in any event not later than five
     business  days) after an officer of the Borrower  obtains  knowledge of the
     occurrence  of any breach,  default or event of default  under any Security
     Document  or any event  which  constitutes  a Default  or Event of  Default
     hereunder, notice of such occurrence, together with a detailed statement by
     a  responsible  officer of the  Borrower  of the steps  being  taken by the
     Borrower to cure the effect of such breach, default or event;

          ( h) as soon as  possible  and in any event  within 30 days  after the
     Borrower knows or has reason to know that any Reportable Event with respect
     to any Plan has occurred,  the statement of the Borrower's  chief financial
     officer  setting forth details as to such  Reportable  Event and the action
     which the Borrower  proposes to take with respect thereto,  together with a
     copy of the notice of such Reportable Event to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
     Corporation;
<PAGE>

          ( i) as soon as  possible,  and in any event  within 10 days after the
     Borrower fails to make any quarterly  contribution required with respect to
     any Plan under  Section  412(m) of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
     amended,  the statement of the Borrower's  chief financial  officer setting
     forth details as to such failure and the action which the Borrower proposes
     to take with respect  thereto,  together  with a copy of any notice of such
     failure   required  to  be  provided  to  the  Pension   Benefit   Guaranty
     Corporation;

          ( j) promptly upon knowledge  thereof,  notice of ( i) any disputes or
     claims  by the  Borrower's  customers  exceeding  $10,000  individually  or
     $50,000  in the  aggregate  during  any fiscal  year;  ( ii)  credit  memos
     exceeding  $10,000  individually  or $50,000 in the  aggregate;  ( iii) any
     goods  returned  to  or  recovered  by  the  Borrower   exceeding   $10,000
     individually  or  $50,000  in the  aggregate;  and ( iv) any  change in the
     persons constituting the Borrower's officers and directors;

          ( k)  promptly  upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice  of any  loss  of or
     material  damage  to any  Collateral  or other  collateral  covered  by the
     Security  Documents or of any substantial  adverse change in any Collateral
     or such other collateral or the prospect of payment thereof;

          ( l)  promptly  upon  their  distribution,  copies  of  all  financial
     statements, reports and proxy statements which the Borrower shall have sent
     to its stockholders;

          ( m)  promptly  after the  sending  or filing  thereof,  copies of all
     regular  and  periodic  reports  which  the  Borrower  shall  file with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange;

          ( n) as soon as  possible,  and in any event by not later  than  April
     30th  of  each  year,  an  updated  personal  financial  statement  of  the
     Individual Guarantor;

          ( o)  promptly  upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice  of  the  Borrower's
     violation of any law, rule or  regulation,  the  non-compliance  with which
     could  materially  and  adversely  affect the  Borrower's  business  or its
     financial condition; and

          ( p) from  time  to  time,  with  reasonable  promptness,  any and all
     receivables  schedules,  collection  reports,  deposit  records,  equipment
     schedules,  copies of invoices to account debtors,  shipment  documents and
     delivery receipts for goods sold, and such other material, reports, records
     or information as the Lender may reasonably request.

     Section 6. 2 Books and Records;  Inspection and  Examination.  The Borrower
will keep accurate  books of record and account for itself and the  Subsidiaries
pertaining to the Collateral and pertaining to the Borrower's and  Subsidiaries'
businesses  and  financial  conditions  and such other matters as the Lender may
from time to time  request in which true and  complete  entries  will be made in
accordance  with GAAP and, upon the Lender's  request,  will permit any officer,
employee,  attorney or accountant for the Lender to audit, review, make extracts
from or copy any and all  corporate  and  financial  books  and  records  of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries at all times during  ordinary  business hours, to
send  and  discuss  with  account  debtors  and  other  obligors   requests  for
verification of amounts owed to the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  and to discuss
the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's affairs with any of its directors,  officers,
employees or agents.  The  Borrower  will permit the Lender,  or its  employees,
accountants,  attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any Collateral,  other
collateral  covered  by the  Security  Documents  or any other  property  of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary at any time during ordinary business hours.

<PAGE>

     Section 6. 3 Account Verification. The Lender may at any time and from time
to time send or require the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  to send  requests  for
verification  of accounts or notices of assignment to account  debtors and other
obligors.  The  Lender  may also at any time  and  from  time to time  telephone
account debtors and other obligors to verify accounts.

     Section 6. 4 Compliance with Laws.

          ( a) The  Borrower  will and will  require  its  Subsidiaries  to ( i)
     comply  with the  requirements  of  applicable  laws and  regulations,  the
     non-compliance  with which would  materially and adversely  affect its or a
     Subsidiary's  business or  financial  condition  and ( ii) use and keep the
     Collateral,  and require that others use and keep the Collateral,  only for
     lawful  purposes,  without  violation of any  federal,  state or local law,
     statute or ordinance.

          (  b)  Without  limiting  the  foregoing  undertakings,  the  Borrower
     specifically  agrees  that it will  comply  with  and  agrees  that it will
     require each  Subsidiary to comply with all applicable  Environmental  Laws
     and obtain and comply with all  permits,  licenses  and  similar  approvals
     required by any Environmental Laws, and will not generate,  use, transport,
     treat, store or dispose of any Hazardous  Substances in such a manner as to
     create any liability or obligation under the common law of any jurisdiction
     or any Environmental Law.

     Section 6. 5 Payment of Taxes and Other  Claims.  The Borrower  will pay or
discharge,  and will require each Subsidiary to pay or discharge,  when due, (a)
all taxes,  assessments  and  governmental  charges levied or imposed upon it or
such  Subsidiary or upon its or such  Subsidiary's  income or profits,  upon any
properties  belonging to it or such Subsidiary  (including,  without limitation,
the  Collateral)  or upon or against the creation,  perfection or continuance of
the  Security  Interest  and the  security  interests  granted  pursuant  to the
Corporate  Guarantor Security  Agreements,  prior to the date on which penalties
attach thereto,  (b) all federal,  state and local taxes required to be withheld
by it or such  Subsidiary,  and (c) all lawful  claims for labor,  materials and
supplies  which,  if  unpaid,  might  by law  become a lien or  charge  upon any
properties of the Borrower or such Subsidiary;  provided,  that the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay any such tax,  assessment,  charge
or claim whose  amount,  applicability  or validity is being  contested  in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and for which proper reserves have been made.

     Section 6. 6 Maintenance of Properties.

          ( a) The  Borrower  will  keep and  maintain,  and will  require  each
     Subsidiary  to keep and  maintain,  the  Collateral,  the other  collateral
     covered by the Security Documents and all of the other properties necessary
     or useful in its  business  in good  condition,  repair and  working  order
     (normal  wear and tear  excepted)  and will  from time to time  replace  or
     repair any worn, defective or broken parts; provided, however, that nothing
     in this  Section 6.6 shall  prevent the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  from
     discontinuing  the operation and  maintenance  of any of its  properties if
     such discontinuance is, in the Lender's judgment,  desirable in the conduct
     of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's  business and not disadvantageous in
     any material respect to the Lender.

          ( b) The  Borrower  will defend the  Collateral  against all claims or
     demands  of all  Persons  (other  than the Lender  and those  Persons  with
     Permitted Liens) claiming the Collateral or any interest therein.

          ( c) The Borrower will keep, and will require each  Subsidiary to keep
     all Collateral and other collateral  covered by the Security Documents free
     and  clear  of  all  security  interests,  liens  and  encumbrances  except
     Permitted Liens.

     Section 6. 7 Insurance. The Borrower will obtain and at all times maintain,
and will require each Subsidiary to obtain and at all times maintain,  insurance
with insurers believed by the Borrower to be responsible and reputable,  in such
amounts and against such risks as may from time to time be  reasonably  required
by the Lender,  but in all events in such  amounts and against  such risks as is
usually  carried by companies  engaged in similar  business  and owning  similar
properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower and the  Subsidiaries
operate.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will at
all times keep all tangible  Collateral insured against risks of fire (including
so-called extended  coverage),  theft,  collision (for Collateral  consisting of
motor  vehicles)  and such  other  risks and in such  amounts  as the Lender may
reasonably  request,  with any loss  payable  to the Lender to the extent of its
interest,  and all  policies of such  insurance  shall  contain a lender's  loss
payable  endorsement  for the Lender's  benefit  acceptable  to the Lender.  All
policies of liability  insurance  required hereunder shall name the Lender as an
additional insured.

     Section 6. 8  Preservation  of  Existence.  The Borrower  will preserve and
maintain  its  existence  and  all  of its  rights,  privileges  and  franchises
necessary or desirable in the normal  conduct of its business and shall  conduct
its business in an orderly,  efficient  and regular  manner.  The Borrower  will
require each  Subsidiary to preserve and maintain its existence and all of their
respective  rights,  privileges  and  franchises  necessary  or desirable in the
normal conduct of its business and shall require each  Subsidiary to conduct its
business in an orderly, efficient and regular manner.
<PAGE>

     Section 6. 9 Delivery of Instruments,  etc. Upon request by the Lender, the
Borrower  will  promptly  deliver  to the  Lender  in  pledge  all  instruments,
documents and chattel papers constituting Collateral,  duly endorsed or assigned
by the Borrower.

     Section 6. 10 Collateral Account.

          ( a) Upon the  occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of
     Default,  the Lender may  establish a collateral  account (the  "Collateral
     Account")  for the  deposit  of  payments  on  Receivables  and  Subsidiary
     Receivables.

          ( b) If the Collateral  Account is so established,  the Borrower shall
     promptly  deposit,  and shall require each Subsidiary to promptly  deposit,
     all payments on Receivables, Subsidiary Receivables and other cash proceeds
     of the  Collateral  received by it or any  Subsidiary  into the  Collateral
     Account.  Until  so  deposited  or paid to the  Lender,  the  Borrower  and
     Subsidiaries   shall  hold  all  payments  on  Receivables  and  Subsidiary
     Receivables  in trust for and as the  property  of the Lender and shall not
     commingle such payments with any of its other funds or property.

          ( c)  Amounts  deposited  in the  Collateral  Account  shall  not bear
     interest  and shall not be subject to  withdrawal  by the  Borrower  or any
     Subsidiary, except after full payment and discharge of all Obligations.

          ( d) All deposits in the Collateral Account shall constitute  proceeds
     of Collateral  and shall not  constitute  payment of the  Obligations.  The
     Lender shall,  after allowing 2 Banking Days,  apply deposited funds in the
     Collateral  Account  to the  payment  of the  Obligations,  in any order or
     manner of application  satisfactory  to the Lender,  by  transferring  such
     funds to the Lender's general account.

          ( e) All items deposited in the Collateral Account shall be subject to
     final payment.  If any such item is returned  uncollected,  the Borrower or
     its  Subsidiaries  will immediately pay the Lender the amount of that item,
     or the Lender at its  discretion  may charge  any  uncollected  item to the
     Borrower's  commercial  account or other  account.  The  Borrower  shall be
     liable as an endorser on all items  deposited  in the  Collateral  Account,
     whether or not in fact endorsed by the Borrower.

     Section 6. 11 Lockbox. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, the Lender may request and upon such request the Borrower will
irrevocably  direct and will require each  Subsidiary to irrevocably  direct all
present and future account debtors and other Persons  obligated to make payments
on  Receivables or Subsidiary  Receivables  to make such payments  directly to a
special lockbox (the "Lockbox") to be under the Lender's control.

          ( a) After such request,  all of the Borrower's and each  Subsidiary's
     invoices,  account  statements  and other  written  or oral  communications
     directing, instructing,  demanding or requesting payment of any Receivable,
     Subsidiary  Receivable or any other amount  constituting  Collateral  shall
     conspicuously  direct  that all  payments  be made to the Lockbox and shall
     include the Lockbox address.  All payments received in the Lockbox shall be
     processed to the Collateral Account.
<PAGE>

          ( b) The Borrower  agrees to deposit and will require each  Subsidiary
     to deposit in the Collateral Account or, at the Lender's option, to deliver
     to the Lender all  collections on Receivables,  Subsidiary  Receivables and
     all other proceeds of Collateral,  which the Borrower or any Subsidiary may
     receive directly notwithstanding its direction to account debtors and other
     obligors to make payments to the Lockbox, immediately upon receipt thereof,
     in the form received, except for the Borrower's or Subsidiary's endorsement
     when deemed  necessary.  Until  delivered to the Lender or deposited in the
     Collateral  Account,  the Borrower and Subsidiaries shall hold all proceeds
     or collections of Collateral in trust for and as the property of the Lender
     and  shall not  commingle  them with any  other  funds or  property  of the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary.  All such collections shall constitute proceeds
     of Collateral and shall not constitute payment of any Obligation.

     Section 6. 12 Performance by the Lender.  If the Borrower at any time fails
to perform or observe any of the foregoing  covenants  contained in this Article
VI or elsewhere  herein,  and if such failure shall continue for a period of ten
calendar days after the Lender gives the Borrower  written notice thereof (or in
the  case of the  agreements  contained  in  Sections  6.5,  6.7,  6.10 and 6.11
immediately  upon the  occurrence  of such failure,  without  notice or lapse of
time),  the Lender may, but need not, perform or observe such covenant on behalf
and in the name, place and stead of the Borrower (or, at the Lender's option, in
the Lender's  name) and may, but need not,  take any and all other actions which
the  Lender may  reasonably  deem  necessary  to cure or  correct  such  failure
(including,  without  limitation,  the  payment of taxes,  the  satisfaction  of
security interests,  liens or encumbrances,  the performance of obligations owed
to  account  debtors or other  obligors,  the  procurement  and  maintenance  of
insurance,  the  execution of  assignments,  security  agreements  and financing
statements,  and  the  endorsement  of  instruments);  and  the  Borrower  shall
thereupon pay to the Lender on demand the amount of all monies  expended and all
costs and expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and legal expenses)
incurred by the Lender in connection  with or as a result of the  performance or
observance  of such  agreements  or the  taking of such  action  by the  Lender,
together  with  interest  thereon  from the date  expended  or  incurred  at the
Revolving Floating Rate. To facilitate the Lender's performance or observance of
such covenants of the Borrower,  the Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  appoints the
Lender, or the Lender's  delegate,  acting alone, as the Borrower's  attorney in
fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) with the right (but not the
duty) from time to time to create, prepare, complete,  execute, deliver, endorse
or file in the name  and on  behalf  of the  Borrower  any and all  instruments,
documents, assignments, security agreements, financing statements,  applications
for  insurance  and other  agreements  and  writings  required  to be  obtained,
executed, delivered or endorsed by the Borrower under this Section 6.12.
<PAGE>

     Section 6. 13 Minimum Book Net Worth.  The Borrower will  maintain,  during
each period  described  below,  its Book Net Worth,  determined as at the end of
each month, at an amount not less than:

          ( a) from December 31, 1996 through March 30, 1997, $9,800,000; and

          ( b) for each period set forth  below,  the sum of (i) the  Borrower's
     actual Book Net Worth as of December  31,  1996,  plus (ii) the increase in
     the Borrower's Book Net Worth resulting from the issuance of its common and
     preferred  stock  during the period  from  December  31,  1996  through the
     Termination  Date,  plus (iii) the amount set forth  opposite  such  period
     below:     
<PAGE>

                Period                              Minimum Book Net Worth
- -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
     From March 31, 1997 through
            June 29, 1997                                   $150,000
- -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
      From June 30, 1997 through
          September 29, 1997                                $400,000
- -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
   From September 30, 1997 through
          December 30, 1997                                 $650,000
- -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
    From December 31, 1997 through
            March 31, 1998                                $1,000,000
- -------------------------------------------------- --------------------------

     Section 6. 14  Maximum  Debt to Book Net Worth  Ratio.  The  Borrower  will
maintain the ratio of its Debt to its Book Net Worth,  determined  as at the end
of each month, at a ratio not greater than 1.00 to 1.00.

     Section 6. 15 Net Income.  The  Borrower  will  achieve  during each period
described  below, Net Income of not less than the amount set forth opposite such
period:   
               Period                              Minimum Net Income
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
       January 1, 1996 through
          December 31, 1996                             $900,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
       January 1, 1997 through
           March 30, 1997                               $150,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
    From January 1, 1997 through
            June 29, 1997                               $400,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
    From January 1, 1997 through
         September 29, 1997                             $650,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
    From January 1, 1997 through
          December 31, 1997                            $1,000,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------
    From January 1, 1998 through
           March 30, 1998                               $150,000
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------

     Section 6. 16 New Covenants.  On or before March 30, 1998, the Lender shall
establish acceptable covenant levels for application at the end of each calendar
quarter under  Sections  6.13,  6.14,  6.15 and 7.10,  based upon the Borrower's
projections for such periods.  The Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the
Borrower to establish such covenant levels,  provided that (i) in no event shall
such covenant  levels be less  stringent than the present levels and (ii) if for
any  reason  the  Borrower  and the  Lender do not enter  into  legally  binding
documentation  establishing such covenants at levels acceptable to the Lender in
its sole discretion on or prior to March 30, 1998 such failure shall  constitute
an Event of Default hereunder.
<PAGE>

     Section 6. 17  Employment of Loren Brink.  The Borrower  shall employ Loren
Scott  Brink to fulfill  the  duties and  obligations  of the  Borrower's  chief
executive officer.

     Section 6. 18 Condition Subsequent to Closing.

          ( a) On or before February 18, 1997, the Borrower shall deliver to the
     Lender evidence,  in form and substance  acceptable to the Lender, that the
     following  UCC financing  statements  have been  terminated:  (i) Minnesota
     Secretary  of State filing no.  1897685  listing the Borrower as debtor and
     Textron Financial Corporation as secured party; (ii) Minnesota Secretary of
     State filing no. 1561298 listing Sports & Orthopedic Physical Therapy, Inc.
     as debtor and TCF as  secured  party;  (iii)  Illinois  Secretary  of State
     filing no.  3384410  listing the  Borrower  as debtor and Horton  Community
     Property Trust as secured party; (iv) Connecticut Secretary of State filing
     no. 1613175  listing the Borrower as debtor and Horton  Community  Property
     Trust as secured party; (v) Minnesota Secretary of State filing no. 1512206
     listing Health Fitness  Corporation as debtor and Robert J. Fink as secured
     party;  (vi) Minnesota  Secretary of State filing no.  1556989  listing the
     Health Fitness  Corporation as debtor and Lumex Inc. as secured party,  and
     (vii)  Minnesota  Secretary  of State  filing no.  1706969  listing  Health
     Fitness  Corporation  as debtor  and  Southern  Pacific  Thrift and Loan as
     secured party.

          ( b) On or before  March 7, 1997,  the Borrower  shall  deliver to the
     Lender  evidence  that (i) the  Borrower is duly  licensed or  qualified to
     transact business in California,  Massachusetts, Texas, Iowa, North Dakota,
     West  Virginia,  Illinois,  Ohio,  Kentucky and Oklahoma,  and (ii) Fitness
     Centers of America is duly  licensed or qualified  to transact  business in
     Colorado, Maryland, Wisconsin, North Carolina, Illinois, Ohio, Kentucky and
     Oregon.

          ( c) On or before  March 7, 1997,  the Borrower  shall  deliver to the
     Lender  a  Landlord's  Disclaimer  and  Consents,  in  form  and  substance
     acceptable  to  the  Lender,  properly  executed  by the  landlords  of the
     Premises leased in Bloomington, Minnesota and Edina, Minnesota.

          ( d) On or before  April 4, 1997,  the Borrower  shall  deliver to the
     Lender a  Subordination  Agreement in form and substance  acceptable to the
     Lender, properly executed by START Physical Therapy and acknowledged by the
     Borrower.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               Negative Covenants

     So long as the  Obligations  shall remain  unpaid,  or the Credit  Facility
shall remain  outstanding,  the Borrower agrees that, without the Lender's prior
written consent:

     Section 7. 1 Liens. The Borrower will not create, incur or suffer to exist,
and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to  create,  incur or suffer to exist,  any
mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, assignment or transfer
upon or of any of its assets,  now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  to secure any
indebtedness;  excluding,  however,  from the  operation of the  foregoing,  the
following (collectively, "Permitted Liens"):

          ( a) in the case of any of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's property
     which is not  Collateral  or other  collateral  described  in the  Security
     Documents,   covenants,   restrictions,   rights,   easements   and   minor
     irregularities  in  title  which  do  not  materially  interfere  with  the
     Borrower's  or  such  Subsidiary's  business  or  operations  as  presently
     conducted;

          ( b) mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges, liens, security interests and
     assignments  in  existence  on the date hereof and listed in  Schedule  7.1
     hereto,  securing  indebtedness  for borrowed money permitted under Section
     7.2;

          ( c) the Security Interest and liens and security interests created by
     the Security Documents; and

          ( d) purchase money security  interests relating to the acquisition of
     machinery and equipment  (including  capitalized leases) of the Borrower or
     an Subsidiary not exceeding the lesser of cost or fair market value thereof
     , not  exceeding  $100,000 in the  aggregate  during any fiscal year and so
     long as no  Default  Period  is then in  existence  and  none  would  exist
     immediately after such acquisition.

     Section 7. 2 Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not incur, create,  assume or
permit to exist, and will not allow any Subsidiary to incur,  create,  assume or
permit to exist,  any  indebtedness  or  liability  on  account of  deposits  or
advances or any  indebtedness  for borrowed money or letters of credit issued on
the Borrower's or a Subsidiary's  behalf, or any other indebtedness or liability
evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, except:

          ( a) indebtedness arising hereunder;

          ( b)  indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary in existence on the
     date hereof and listed in Schedule 7.2 hereto; and

          ( c)  indebtedness  relating to liens  permitted  in  accordance  with
     Section 7.1.

<PAGE>
     Section 7. 3 Guaranties.  The Borrower will not assume, guarantee,  endorse
or otherwise  become  directly or contingently  liable,  and will not permit any
Subsidiary  to  assume,  guarantee,  endorse or  otherwise  become  directly  or
contingently  liable,  in connection  with any  obligations of any other Person,
except:

          ( a) the  endorsement  of negotiable  instruments by the Borrower or a
     Subsidiary  for  deposit  or  collection  or  similar  transactions  in the
     ordinary course of business; and

          (  b)  guaranties,   endorsements   and  other  direct  or  contingent
     liabilities  in  connection  with  the  obligations  of other  Persons,  in
     existence on the date hereof and listed in Schedule 7.2 hereto.

     Section 7. 4 Investments and Subsidiaries.

          ( a) The Borrower will not purchase or hold beneficially, and will not
     permit any Subsidiary to purchase or hold beneficially,  any stock or other
     securities  or  evidences of  indebtedness  of, make or permit to exist any
     loans or  advances  to, or make any  investment  or  acquire  any  interest
     whatsoever  in,  any  other  Person,  including  specifically  but  without
     limitation any partnership or joint venture, except:

               ( i)  investments  in direct  obligations of the United States of
          America or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof  whose  obligations
          constitute  full faith and credit  obligations of the United States of
          America having a maturity of one year or less, commercial paper issued
          by  U.S.  corporations  rated  "A-1"  or  "A-2"  by  Standard  & Poors
          Corporation  or  "P-1"  or  "P-2"  by  Moody's  Investors  Service  or
          certificates of deposit or bankers'  acceptances  having a maturity of
          one year or less  issued by  members  of the  Federal  Reserve  System
          having  deposits  in excess of  $100,000,000  (which  certificates  of
          deposit or  bankers'  acceptances  are fully  insured  by the  Federal
          Deposit Insurance Corporation);

               (  ii)  travel  advances  or  loans  to  the  Borrower's  or  any
          Subsidiary's  officers and  employees not exceeding at any one time an
          aggregate  of $5,000  other than the loan to Loren  Scott Brink as set
          for in subsection  (iii) below;  

               ( iii) the Borrower's  loan to Loren Scott Brink in the principal
          amount of $66,061.93 so long as such loan matures within five years of
          the date hereof and Loren Scott Brink makes the scheduled  payments of
          principal and interest at least twice each month; and

               ( iv) advances in the form of progress payments, prepaid rent not
          exceeding three months or security deposits.

          ( b) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  will create or permit to
     exist any Subsidiary,  other than the Subsidiaries in existence on the date
     hereof and listed in Schedule 5.4.
<PAGE>

     Section 7. 5 Dividends.  The Borrower will not declare or pay any dividends
(other than  dividends  payable solely in stock of the Borrower) on any class of
stock or make any  payment  on  account  of the  purchase,  redemption  or other
retirement  of any  shares of such  stock or make any  distribution  in  respect
thereof, either directly or indirectly.

     Section  7.  6  Sale  or  Transfer  of  Assets;   Suspension  of  Business
Operations.  The Borrower will not sell,  lease,  assign,  transfer or otherwise
dispose of and will not permit any Subsidiary to sell, lease,  assign,  transfer
or  otherwise  dispose  of ( i) the  stock  of any  Subsidiary,  ( ii)  all or a
substantial  part of the Borrower's or any  Subsidiary's  assets,  or ( iii) any
Collateral or any collateral of any Subsidiary or any interest  therein (whether
in one  transaction  or in a series of  transactions)  to any other Person other
than the sale of Inventory  or  Subsidiary  Inventory in the ordinary  course of
business  and  will not  liquidate,  dissolve  or  suspend  business  operations
provided,  however,  that the Borrower and Subsidiaries may sell, lease, assign,
transfer or otherwise  dispose of assets up to an  aggregate  amount of $100,000
during any fiscal year of the Borrower.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
will in any manner  transfer any property  without  prior or present  receipt of
full and adequate consideration.

     Section 7. 7 Consolidation  and Merger;  Asset  Acquisitions.  The Borrower
will not  consolidate  with or merge into, and will not permit any Subsidiary to
consolidate  with or merge into any Person,  or permit any other Person to merge
into it, or  acquire  (in a  transaction  analogous  in  purpose  or effect to a
consolidation or merger) all or substantially all the assets of any other Person
provided,  however,  that (i) the  Borrower  may acquire  100% of all common and
preferred stock of HFRI which shall own all or  substantially  all of the assets
of K.A.M.  and (ii) the  Borrower  may acquire all or  substantially  all of the
assets of any Person up to an  aggregate  amount of  $200,000  during any fiscal
year of the Borrower.

     Section 7. 8 Sale and Leaseback.  The Borrower will not enter, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to enter,  into any  arrangement,  directly or indirectly,
with any other  Person  whereby the  Borrower or such  Subsidiary  shall sell or
transfer any real or personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
and then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property or any part thereof
or any other property which the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  intends to use for
substantially  the same  purpose  or  purposes  as the  property  being  sold or
transferred.

     Section 7. 9  Restrictions  on Nature of Business.  The  Borrower  will not
engage,  and will not permit any  Subsidiary to engage,  in any line of business
materially  different  from that  presently  engaged in by the  Borrower or such
Subsidiary and will not purchase,  lease or otherwise acquire assets not related
to its business.

     Section 7. 10 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower will not incur or contract
to incur,  and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to incur or  contract  to incur,
Capital  Expenditures  of more than $765,000 in the aggregate  during any fiscal
year.

     Section 7. 11 Accounting.  The Borrower will not adopt, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to adopt, any material change in accounting principles other than
as required by GAAP. The Borrower will not adopt, permit or consent and will not
permit  any  Subsidiary  to  adopt,  permit  or  consent  to any  change  in the
Borrower's or such Subsidiary's fiscal year.

<PAGE>

     Section 7. 12 Defined Benefit  Pension Plans.  The Borrower will not adopt,
create,  assume or become a party to any defined  benefit  pension plan,  unless
disclosed to the Lender  pursuant to Section 5.10.  The Borrower will not permit
any Subsidiary to adopt, create, assume or become a party to any defined benefit
pension plan, unless disclosed to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.10.

     Section 7. 13 Other  Defaults.  The Borrower will not permit,  and will not
allow any  Subsidiary to permit,  any (a) material  breach or default or (b) any
event of default to occur  under any note,  loan  agreement,  indenture,  lease,
mortgage,  contract for deed, security agreement or other contractual obligation
binding upon the Borrower such Subsidiary.

     Section 7. 14 Place of Business;  Name. The Borrower will not transfer, and
will not  permit any  Subsidiary  to  transfer,  its chief  executive  office or
principal  place of  business,  or move,  relocate,  close or sell any  business
location.  The Borrower  will not permit any tangible  Collateral or any records
pertaining to the Collateral to be located in any state or area in which, in the
event of such location,  a financing statement covering such Collateral would be
required to be, but has not in fact been, filed in order to perfect the Security
Interest.  The  Borrower  will not  change  its name  and  will not  permit  any
Subsidiary to change their name.

     Section 7. 15 Organizational  Documents; S Corporation Status. The Borrower
will not amend its certificate of  incorporation,  articles of  incorporation or
bylaws.  The Borrower will not become an S Corporation within the meaning of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     Section 7. 16 Salaries.  The Borrower will not pay, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to pay,  excessive or unreasonable  salaries,  bonuses,  commissions,
consultant fees or other compensation.

     Section 7. 17 Change in Ownership. The Borrower will not sell, and will not
permit  any  Subsidiary  to issue or sell,  any stock of a  Subsidiary  so as to
change  the  percentage  of voting  and  non-voting  stock  owned by each of the
Subsidiary's  shareholders.  The Borrower will not permit and will not allow any
Subsidiary to permit or suffer to occur the sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge
or other disposition of any or all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock
of any  Subsidiary.  The Borrower will not permit any Related  Persons to own or
control more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Borrower.
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     Events of Default, Rights and Remedies

     Section 8. 1 Events of Default.  "Event of Default",  wherever used herein,
means any one of the following events:

          ( a) Default in the  payment of the  Obligations  when they become due
     and payable;

          ( b)  Default  in the  payment  of any  fees,  commissions,  costs  or
     expenses required to be paid by the Borrower under this Agreement;

          ( c)  Default  in the  performance,  or  breach,  of any  covenant  or
     agreement of the Borrower  contained in Sections  6.4, 6.6, 6.8 and 7.13 of
     this Agreement if not cured within 10 days of the occurrence thereof.

          ( d)  Default  in the  performance,  or  breach,  of any  covenant  or
     agreement of the  Borrower  contained  in this  Agreement  other than those
     covenants and agreements described in subsection (c) above;

          ( e) The Borrower or any Guarantor  shall be or become  insolvent,  or
     admit  in  writing  its or his  inability  to pay its or his  debts as they
     mature, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Borrower
     or any  Guarantor  shall  apply for or  consent to the  appointment  of any
     receiver,  trustee,  or  similar  officer  for it or him or for  all or any
     substantial  part of its or his  property;  or such  receiver,  trustee  or
     similar  officer shall be appointed  without the  application or consent of
     the Borrower or such Guarantor,  as the case may be; or the Borrower or any
     Guarantor shall  institute (by petition,  application,  answer,  consent or
     otherwise)  any  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   arrangement,
     readjustment  of  debt,  dissolution,  liquidation  or  similar  proceeding
     relating  to it or him  under  the  laws of any  jurisdiction;  or any such
     proceeding  shall be  instituted  (by petition,  application  or otherwise)
     against the Borrower or any such Guarantor; or any judgment,  writ, warrant
     of  attachment  or execution or similar  process  shall be issued or levied
     against  a  substantial  part  of  the  property  of  the  Borrower  or any
     Guarantor;

          ( f) A  petition  shall be filed by or  against  the  Borrower  or any
     Guarantor  under the United States  Bankruptcy  Code naming the Borrower or
     such Guarantor as debtor;

          ( g) Any  representation  or  warranty  made by the  Borrower  in this
     Agreement,  by any Guarantor in any guaranty delivered to the Lender, or by
     the Borrower (or any of its  officers) or any  Guarantor in any  agreement,
     certificate,   instrument  or  financial   statement  or  other   statement
     contemplated by or made or delivered pursuant to or in connection with this
     Agreement or any such  guaranty  shall prove to have been  incorrect in any
     material respect when deemed to be effective;
<PAGE>

          ( h) Any litigation or governmental proceeding against the Borrower or
     any Subsidiary seeking an amount in excess of $100,000 which is not insured
     or subject to  indemnity  by a solvent  third  Person and which either ( i)
     results in a final  judgment,  decree or order for the  payment of money in
     excess  of  $100,000  and such  final  judgment,  decree  or order  remains
     unsatisfied  and in effect for any period of 30 consecutive  days, or ( ii)
     remains unresolved or unsatisfied for 360 consecutive days.

          ( i) A default under any bond,  debenture,  note or other  evidence of
     indebtedness  of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  owed to any Person other
     than the Lender, or under any indenture or other instrument under which any
     such evidence of  indebtedness  has been issued or by which it is governed,
     or  under  any  lease of any of the  Premises,  and the  expiration  of the
     applicable  period  of  grace,  if  any,  specified  in  such  evidence  of
     indebtedness, indenture, other instrument or lease;

          ( j) Any Reportable  Event,  which the Lender determines in good faith
     might  constitute  grounds  for  the  termination  of any  Plan  or for the
     appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to
     administer  any Plan,  shall have  occurred and be continuing 30 days after
     written  notice to such effect shall have been given to the Borrower by the
     Lender;  or a trustee shall have been  appointed by an  appropriate  United
     States  District  Court to  administer  any Plan;  or the  Pension  Benefit
     Guaranty  Corporation  shall have  instituted  proceedings to terminate any
     Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer  any Plan; or the Borrower shall
     have filed for a distress  termination of any Plan under Title IV of ERISA;
     or the  Borrower  shall  have  failed  to make any  quarterly  contribution
     required  with  respect to any Plan under  Section  412(m) of the  Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which the Lender determines in good faith
     may by itself, or in combination with any such failures that the Lender may
     determine are likely to occur in the future,  result in the imposition of a
     lien on the Borrower's assets in favor of the Plan;

          ( k) An event of default  shall occur under any  Security  Document or
     under any other security agreement,  mortgage, deed of trust, assignment or
     other  instrument  or agreement  securing any  obligations  of the Borrower
     hereunder or under any note evidencing the Obligations;

          ( l)  The  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  shall  liquidate,  dissolve,
     terminate or suspend its business  operations or otherwise  fail to operate
     its business in the ordinary course,  or sell all or  substantially  all of
     its assets, without the Lender's prior written consent;

          ( m) The  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  shall  fail to pay,  withhold,
     collect or remit any tax or tax deficiency when assessed or due (other than
     any tax  deficiency  which is being  contested  in good faith and by proper
     proceedings  and for which it shall  have set  aside on its books  adequate
     reserves  therefor)  or notice of any state or federal  tax liens  shall be
     filed or issued;
<PAGE>

          ( n) Default in the payment of any amount owed by the  Borrower to the
     Lender other than any indebtedness arising hereunder;

          ( o) Any  Guarantor  shall  repudiate,  purport  to  revoke or fail to
     perform any such Guarantor's obligations under such Guarantor's guaranty in
     favor of the Lender,  any individual  Guarantor shall die and the estate of
     such Guarantor fails to acknowledge and assume the Guarantor's  obligations
     to the Lender or any other Guarantor shall cease to exist;

          ( p) The Borrower  shall take or participate in any action which would
     be prohibited under the provisions of any  Subordination  Agreement or make
     any  payment  on  the   Subordinated   Indebtedness   (as  defined  in  the
     Subordination  Agreement) that any Person was not entitled to receive under
     the provisions of the Subordination Agreement; or

          ( q) Any breach, default or event of default by or attributable to any
     Affiliate under any agreement between such Affiliate and the Lender.

     Section 8. 2 Rights and Remedies. During any Default Period, the Lender may
exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

          ( a) the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Commitment
     to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate;

          (  b)  the  Lender  may,  by  notice  to  the  Borrower,  declare  the
     Obligations  to be forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  all  Obligations
     shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment,  notice
     of  dishonor,  protest  or  further  notice of any  kind,  all of which the
     Borrower hereby expressly waives;

          ( c) the  Lender  may,  without  notice to the  Borrower  and  without
     further  action,  apply  any and  all  money  owing  by the  Lender  to the
     Borrower,  including  without  limitation  any  funds on  deposit  with the
     Lender, whether or not matured, to the payment of the Obligations;

          ( d) the  Lender  may  exercise  and  enforce  any and all  rights and
     remedies  available  upon  default  to  a  secured  party  under  the  UCC,
     including,  without limitation, the right to take possession of Collateral,
     or any evidence thereof, proceeding without judicial process or by judicial
     process  (without a prior  hearing or notice  thereof,  which the  Borrower
     hereby expressly  waives) and the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose
     of any or all of the Collateral, and, in connection therewith, the Borrower
     will on demand  assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender
     at a place to be designated by the Lender which is reasonably convenient to
     both parties;

          ( e) the Lender may exercise and enforce its rights and remedies under
     the Guaranties and/or the Loan Documents; and
<PAGE>

          ( f) the Lender may exercise  any other rights and remedies  available
     to it by law or agreement.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default
described in  subsections  (e) or (f) of Section 8.1, the  Obligations  shall be
immediately due and payable automatically without presentment,  demand,  protest
or notice of any kind.

     Section 8. 3 Certain  Notices.  If notice to the  Borrower of any  intended
disposition of Collateral or any other  intended  action is required by law in a
particular  instance,  such notice shall be deemed  commercially  reasonable  if
given (in the manner specified in Section 9.5) at least ten calendar days before
the date of intended disposition or other action.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Miscellaneous

     Section  9. 1  Restatement  of Old  Credit  Documents.  This  Agreement  is
executed for the purpose of amending  and  restating  the Old Credit  Documents.
From and after the date hereof,  the Old Credit Documents shall have no force or
effect.

     Section 9. 2 Release.  The Borrower hereby  absolutely and  unconditionally
releases and forever  discharges the Lender,  the  Participants  and any and all
parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers,
indemnitors,  successors and assigns  thereof,  together with all of the present
and former  directors,  officers,  agents and employees of any of the foregoing,
from any and all  claims,  demands  or causes  of action of any kind,  nature or
description,  whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under
any state or federal law or  otherwise,  which the  Borrower has had, now has or
has made  claim to have  against  any such  person  for or by reason of any act,
omission,  matter,  cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time
to and including the date of this  Agreement,  whether such claims,  demands and
causes of action are matured or unmatured or known or unknown.

     Section 9. 3 No  Waiver;  Cumulative  Remedies.  No failure or delay by the
Lender in exercising any right,  power or remedy under the Loan Documents  shall
operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial  exercise  of any
such right,  power or remedy preclude any other or further  exercise  thereof or
the exercise of any other right,  power or remedy under the Loan Documents.  The
remedies  provided in the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any
remedies provided by law.

     Section 9. 4 Amendments,  Etc. No amendment,  modification,  termination or
waiver of any  provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the
Borrower  therefrom  or any release of a Security  Interest  shall be  effective
unless  the same shall be in writing  and  signed by the  Lender,  and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
specific  purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any
case shall  entitle  the  Borrower  to any other or further  notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances.
<PAGE>


     Section 9. 5 Addresses  for Notices,  Etc.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided  herein,  all  notices,  requests,  demands  and  other  communications
provided  for  under the Loan  Documents  shall be in  writing  and shall be (a)
personally  delivered,  (b) sent by first class United States mail,  (c) sent by
overnight  courier of national  reputation,  or (d) transmitted by telecopy,  in
each case  addressed or telecopied to the party to whom notice is being given at
its address or telecopier number as set forth below:

         If to the Borrower:

                  Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc.
                  3500 West 80th Street
                  Suite 130
                  Bloomington, Minnesota 55431
                  Telecopier:  612/831-7264
                  Attention: Chief Financial Officer

         If to the Lender:

                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                  7900 Xerxes Avenue South
                  Bloomington, Minnesota  55431
                  Telecopier:  612/830-8924
                  Attention: Douglas Van Metre

or,  as to each  party,  at such  other  address  or  telecopier  number  as may
hereafter  be  designated  by such party in a written  notice to the other party
complying  as to  delivery  with the terms of this  Section.  All such  notices,
requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been given on
(a) the date received if personally delivered, (b) when deposited in the mail if
delivered by mail,  (c) the date sent if sent by overnight  courier,  or (d) the
date of transmission  if delivered by telecopy,  except that notices or requests
to the  Lender  pursuant  to any of the  provisions  of  Article II shall not be
effective until received by the Lender.

     Section 9. 6 Further Documents. The Borrower will from time to time execute
and  deliver  or  endorse  any  and  all  instruments,  documents,  conveyances,
assignments,  security agreements, financing statements and other agreements and
writings  that the Lender may  reasonably  request in order to secure,  protect,
perfect or enforce the Security  Interest or the Lender's  rights under the Loan
Documents  (but any  failure to request or assure  that the  Borrower  executes,
delivers  or  endorses  any such item shall not  affect or impair the  validity,
sufficiency or enforceability  of the Loan Documents and the Security  Interest,
regardless  of  whether  any such  item was or was not  executed,  delivered  or
endorsed in a similar context or on a prior occasion).
<PAGE>

     Section 9. 7  Collateral.  This  Agreement  does not  contemplate a sale of
accounts,  contract  rights or chattel  paper,  and,  as  provided  by law,  the
Borrower is entitled to any surplus and shall remain liable for any  deficiency.
The  Lender's  duty of care with respect to  Collateral  in its  possession  (as
imposed by law) shall be deemed  fulfilled  if it exercises  reasonable  care in
physically keeping such Collateral,  or in the case of Collateral in the custody
or possession of a bailee or other third person,  exercises  reasonable  care in
the  selection  of the bailee or other  third  person,  and the Lender  need not
otherwise preserve, protect, insure or care for any Collateral. The Lender shall
not be obligated  to preserve  any rights the  Borrower  may have against  prior
parties,  to realize on the  Collateral  at all or in any  particular  manner or
order or to apply any cash proceeds of the Collateral in any particular order of
application.

     Section 9. 8 Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower  agrees to pay on demand all
costs and expenses,  including (without limitation) attorneys' fees, incurred by
the  Lender  in  connection  with  the  Obligations,  this  Agreement,  the Loan
Documents,  and any other document or agreement  related hereto or thereto,  and
the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  including  without  limitation all such
costs,   expenses  and  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the   negotiation,
preparation, execution, amendment,  administration,  performance, collection and
enforcement  of the  Obligations  and all such  documents and agreements and the
creation, perfection,  protection,  satisfaction,  foreclosure or enforcement of
the Security Interest.

     Section 9. 9 Indemnity.  In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to
Section 9.8,  the Borrower  agrees to  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless the
Lender,   and  any  of  its  participants,   parent   corporations,   subsidiary
corporations,  affiliated corporations,  successor corporations, and all present
and future officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents of the foregoing
(the  "Indemnitees")  from  and  against  any  of the  following  (collectively,
"Indemnified Liabilities"):

          ( a) any and all transfer  taxes,  documentary  taxes,  assessments or
     charges made by any  governmental  authority by reason of the execution and
     delivery of the Loan Documents or the making of the Advances;

          ( b) any  claims,  loss or  damage  to  which  any  Indemnitee  may be
     subjected  if any  representation  or warranty  contained  in Section  5.12
     proves to be  incorrect  in any respect or as a result of any  violation of
     the covenant contained in Section 6.4(b); and

          ( c) any  and  all  other  liabilities,  losses,  damages,  penalties,
     judgments,  suits,  claims,  costs  and  expenses  of any  kind  or  nature
     whatsoever  (including,   without  limitation,   the  reasonable  fees  and
     disbursements  of counsel) in  connection  with the foregoing and any other
     investigative,  administrative or judicial proceedings, whether or not such
     Indemnitee  shall be designated a party  thereto,  which may be imposed on,
     incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee,  in any manner related
     to or arising out of or in  connection  with the making of the Advances and
     the  Loan  Documents  or the use or  intended  use of the  proceeds  of the
     Advances.
<PAGE>

provided,  however, that this Section 9.9 shall not apply to any cost or expense
arising from the Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

If any investigative,  judicial or administrative proceeding arising from any of
the foregoing is brought against any Indemnitee, upon such Indemnitee's request,
the  Borrower,  or counsel  designated by the Borrower and  satisfactory  to the
Indemnitee, will resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding to the extent
and in the manner directed by the  Indemnitee,  at the Borrower's sole costs and
expense.  Each  Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate in the defense
of any  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding.  If the  foregoing  undertaking  to
indemnify,  defend and hold harmless may be held to be unenforceable  because it
violates any law or public  policy,  the Borrower  shall  nevertheless  make the
maximum  contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified
Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. The Borrower's obligation
under this Section 9.9 shall survive the  termination  of this Agreement and the
discharge of the Borrower's other obligations hereunder.

     Section 9. 10 Participants.  The Lender and its  participants,  if any, are
not partners or joint venturers,  and the Lender shall not have any liability or
responsibility  for any obligation,  act or omission of any of its participants.
All rights and powers specifically  conferred upon the Lender may be transferred
or delegated to any of the Lender's participants, successors or assigns.

     Section 9. 11  Execution in  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  and other Loan
Documents may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which when so
executed  and  delivered  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 9. 12 Binding Effect;  Assignment;  Complete Agreement;  Exchanging
Information.  The Loan Documents  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the  Borrower  and the Lender and their  respective  successors  and assigns,
except  that the  Borrower  shall  not  have the  right  to  assign  its  rights
thereunder or any interest  therein without the Lender's prior written  consent.
This  Agreement,  together with the Loan  Documents,  comprises the complete and
integrated  agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and supersedes
all prior  agreements,  written or oral, on the subject matter  hereof.  Without
limiting the Lender's right to share information  regarding the Borrower and its
Affiliates  with the  Lender's  participants,  accountants,  lawyers  and  other
advisors,  the  Lender,  Norwest  Corporation,   and  all  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries of Norwest  Corporation,  may exchange any and all information they
may have in their possession regarding the Borrower and its Affiliates,  and the
Borrower  waives any right of  confidentiality  it may have with respect to such
exchange of such information.

     Section 9. 13 Severability  of Provisions.  Any provision of this Agreement
which is prohibited or unenforceable  shall be ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining  provisions
hereof.
<PAGE>

     Section 9. 14 Headings.  Article and Section headings in this Agreement are
included  herein for  convenience  of reference  only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

     Section 9. 15 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial. The
Loan  Documents  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the
substantive  laws (other than  conflict  laws) of the State of  Minnesota.  This
Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive
laws (other than conflict  laws) of the State of Minnesota.  The parties  hereto
hereby ( i)  consents  to the  personal  jurisdiction  of the state and  federal
courts  located in the State of Minnesota  in  connection  with any  controversy
related to this  Agreement;  ( ii) waives  any  argument  that venue in any such
forum is not  convenient,  ( iii) agrees that any  litigation  initiated  by the
Lender or the  Borrower  in  connection  with this  Agreement  or the other Loan
Documents  shall be venued in either  the  District  Court of  Hennepin  County,
Minnesota,  or the United States District Court,  District of Minnesota,  Fourth
Division;  and ( iv) agrees that a final  judgment  in any such suit,  action or
proceeding  shall be conclusive  and may be enforced in other  jurisdictions  by
suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]



<PAGE>



     THE  PARTIES  WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING
BASED ON OR PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,                    HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By /s/ D.L. Van Metre                      By /s/ Don Paul Cochran
     Douglas L. Van Metre                       Don Paul Cochran
     Its Vice President                         Its Treasurer






<PAGE>



                         Table of Exhibits and Schedules

Exhibit  A                            Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit  B                            Form of Term Note

Exhibit  C                            Compliance Certificate

Exhibit  D                            Premises

                               -------------------

Schedule 2.14                         Sources and Uses of Funds

Schedule 5.1                          Trade Names, Chief Executive Office, 
                                      Principal Place of Business, and 
                                      Locations of Collateral

Schedule 5.4                          Subsidiaries

Schedule 7.1                          Permitted Liens

Schedule 7.2                          Permitted Indebtedness and Guaranties


<PAGE>



                                       Exhibit A to Second Amended and Restated
                                                  Credit and Security Agreement

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

$1,500,000                                               Bloomington, Minnesota
                                                             February 4, 1997

     For value received, the undersigned, HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.,
a  Minnesota  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  promises  to  pay  on the
Termination  Date under the Credit Agreement  (defined  below),  to the order of
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national banking  association
(the "Lender"),  at its office in Bloomington,  Minnesota, or at any other place
designated  at any time by the  holder  hereof,  in lawful  money of the  United
States of America and in immediately  available  funds, the principal sum of One
Million Five Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($1,500,000) or, if less, the aggregate
unpaid  principal  amount of all  Revolving  Advances  made by the Lender to the
Borrower under the Credit  Agreement  (defined  below) together with interest on
the principal amount hereunder  remaining unpaid from time to time,  computed on
the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year, from the date
hereof  until  this  Note is fully  paid at the rate from time to time in effect
under the Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement of even date
herewith (as the same may  hereafter be amended,  supplemented  or restated from
time to  time,  the  "Credit  Agreement")  by and  between  the  Lender  and the
Borrower.  The principal  hereof and interest  accruing thereon shall be due and
payable as provided in the Credit  Agreement.  This Note may be prepaid  only in
accordance with the Credit Agreement.

     This Note is issued  pursuant,  and is  subject,  to the Credit  Agreement,
which provides,  among other things, for acceleration  hereof.  This Note is the
Revolving  Note  referred  to in the Credit  Agreement.  To the extent this Note
evidences the Borrower's  Obligation to pay Existing  Revolving  Advances,  this
Note is issued in substitution  for and replacement of but not in payment of the
Borrower's  revolving  promissory note dated as of December 16, 1996, payable to
the order of the Lender in the original  principal  amount of  $1,500,000.  This
Note is secured,  among other things,  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement and the
Security  Documents as therein  defined,  and may now or hereafter be secured by
one or more other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments or
other instruments or agreements.

     The  Borrower  hereby  agrees  to pay all  costs of  collection,  including
attorneys'  fees and legal expenses in the event this Note is not paid when due,
whether or not legal proceedings are commenced.

     Presentment or other demand for payment, notice of dishonor and protest are
expressly waived.

                                      HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
                                      THERAPY, INC.



                                      By /s/ Don Paul Cochran
                                      Don Paul Cochran
                                      Its Treasurer
<PAGE>


                                     Exhibit B to Second Amended and Restated
                                                Credit and Security Agreement

                                    TERM NOTE

$2,500,000                                           Bloomington, Minnesota
                                                           February 4, 1997

     For value received, the undersigned, HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.,
a  Minnesota  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  promises  to  pay  on the
Termination  Date under the Credit Agreement  (defined  below),  to the order of
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national banking  association
(the "Lender"),  at its office in Bloomington,  Minnesota, or at any other place
designated  at any time by the  holder  hereof,  in lawful  money of the  United
States of America and in immediately  available  funds, the principal sum of Two
Million Five  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($2,500,000)  or, if less,  the unpaid
principal  amount of the Term Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower  under
the Credit  Agreement  (defined  below)  together with interest on the principal
amount hereunder  remaining  unpaid from time to time,  computed on the basis of
the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year, from the date hereof until
this Note is fully paid at the rate from time to time in effect under the Second
Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as the
same may hereafter be amended,  supplemented  or restated from time to time, the
"Credit  Agreement")  by and between the Lender and the Borrower.  The principal
hereof and interest accruing thereon shall be due and payable as provided in the
Credit  Agreement.  This Note may be prepaid only in accordance  with the Credit
Agreement.

     This Note is issued  pursuant,  and is  subject,  to the Credit  Agreement,
which provides,  among other things, for acceleration  hereof.  This Note is the
Term Note referred to in the Credit Agreement. To the extent this Note evidences
the Borrower's obligation to pay the Existing Term Advances, this Note is issued
in  substitution  for and  replacement  of but not in payment of the  Borrower's
promissory  note  dated as of  December  16,  1996,  payable to the order of the
Lender in the original principal amount of $600,000. This Note is secured, among
other things,  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement  and the Security  Documents as
therein  defined,  and may now or  hereafter  be  secured  by one or more  other
security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments or other instruments
or agreements.

     The  Borrower  hereby  agrees  to pay all  costs of  collection,  including
attorneys'  fees and legal expenses in the event this Note is not paid when due,
whether or not legal proceedings are commenced.

     Presentment or other demand for payment, notice of dishonor and protest are
expressly waived.

                                 HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL
                                 THERAPY, INC.

                                 By /s/ Don Paul Cochran
                                      Don Paul Cochran
                                      Its Treasurer


                   SYSTEM DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT


     THIS SYSTEM DESIGN AND  IMPLEMENTATION  AGREEMENT dated as of the 15 day of
October,  1996, by and among HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY,  INC., a Minnesota
corporation  ("HFPT"),  PRACTICE  MANAGEMENT  CONSULTANTS,   INC.,  a  Minnesota
corporation  ("PMC"),  and THOMAS COPLIN,  an individual  residing in Texas, and
THOM  BERKOWITZ,  an  individual  residing in  Minnesota  (each  individually  a
"Shareholder"; collectively the "Shareholders").

                                   WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS,  PMC is engaged in the business of consulting to physical  therapy
clinics and designing and implementing  management  systems for physical therapy
clinics,  as well as  serving  as broker in the  purchase  and sale of  physical
therapy clinics;

     WHEREAS,  HFPT has determined to expand its physical  therapy business such
that  HFPT's  Rehabilitation  Division  becomes a leader  in the  rehabilitation
therapy industry and the predominant part of HFPT's combined business; and

     WHEREAS,  to achieve its goals of expanding  its  Rehabilitation  Division,
HFPT has  determined  that it needs to  design  and  implement  state-of-the-art
management information and control systems; and

     WHEREAS, HFPT has completed the conceptual framework and project definition
for such  management  information  and control systems as set forth in Exhibit A
hereto (the "System"); and

     WHEREAS,  HFPT desires to retain PMC to design and implement the System for
use in managing HFPT's physical therapy business.

     NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants
and  agreements  herein  contained,  and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Specific  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement,  the following terms
shall have the meanings set forth or as referenced below:

     "Affiliate"  of a specified  person  (natural or juridical)  means a person
that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.  "Control"
shall mean  ownership  of more than 50% of the shares of stock  entitled to vote
for the election of directors in the case of a corporation, and more than 50% of
the voting power in the case of a business entity other than a corporation.

                                        1

<PAGE>

     "Confidential  Information"  means  Technology  and  other  proprietary  or
nonpublic  information  which derives  economic  value from not being  generally
known to the public.  Confidential  Information shall include,  but shall not be
limited  to,  all  information  in  writing  which  is  labeled   "Proprietary,"
"Confidential"  or  with  words  of  similar  import  and  all  oral  statements
accompanied  by a statement  indicating  that the  information is proprietary or
confidential.

     "Design and Implementation Costs" means as defined in Section 2.2(a).

     "Design and Implementation Efforts" means as defined in Section 2.1.

     "HFPT's PT Business" means that portion of HFPT's  business  engaged in the
acquisition,  development  and  operation  of  physical  therapy  clinics  on an
out-patient basis (including on-site physical therapy).

     "Intellectual  Property Rights" means all right,  title and interest in and
to: (i) all United  States  and  foreign  letters  patent and  applications  for
letters patent,  industrial  models,  designs,  utility models,  certificates of
inventions,  and any other indicia of invention ownership or rights thereto, any
such   rights   granted   under   any   reissue,   division,   continuation   or
continuation-in-part  applications now or hereafter filed; (ii) all trade secret
rights arising under any laws; (iii) all copyright rights and all other literary
property and author rights, whether or not copyrightable, and all copyrights and
copyrighted  interests and renewals  thereof;  (iv) all know-how  whether or not
protectable by patent,  copyright,  or trade secret right; (v) all United States
and foreign trademarks,  trade names, service marks, logos, and any applications
therefor,  together with all goodwill associated therewith; (vi) all licenses to
use  any  of  the  foregoing;   and  (vii)  all  amendments,   modifications  or
improvements to any of the foregoing.

     "Technology" means any invention,  discovery, know-how, trade secret, data,
information,  technology,  process  or  concept,  whether  or  not  patented  or
patentable, and whether or not memorialized in writing.

     1.2 Definitional Provisions.

     (a) The words  "hereof,"  "herein,"  and  "hereunder"  and words of similar
import,  when used in this  Agreement,  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular provisions of this Agreement.

     (b) Terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used
in the plural, and vice-versa.

     (c)  References to an "Exhibit" or to a "Schedule"  are,  unless  otherwise
specified, to one of the Exhibits or Schedules attached to or referenced in this
Agreement,  and references to an "Article" or a "Section" are, unless  otherwise
specified, to one of the Articles or Sections of this Agreement.

                                        2

<PAGE>


     (d) The term "person" includes any individual,  partnership, joint venture,
corporation,  trust, unincorporated organization or government or any department
or agency thereof.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                        DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION PROJECT

     2.1 Design and  Implementation  of System.  PMC shall use its best efforts,
upon the terms and  conditions  set forth  herein,  to design and  implement the
System.  The  deliverables  for such design and  implementation  shall be actual
systems, as well as operating and training manuals, forms, handbooks, guidelines
and  other  materials   necessary  for  the  management  and  employees  of  the
Rehabilitation  Division of HFPT to fully  implement and operate the System (all
such  efforts  referred  to as the  "Design and  Implementation  Efforts").  The
parties  acknowledge  that such  Design  and  Implementation  Efforts  commenced
approximately January 26, 1996.

     2.2 Costs of Design and Implementation.

     (a) HFPT shall pay or reimburse PMC for expenses set forth in the Forecasts
(as defined below) which are reasonably and  necessarily  incurred in connection
with  PMC's  Design  and  Implementation  Efforts  ("Design  and  Implementation
Costs"); provided that, unless specifically approved in writing by HFPT prior to
incurrence,  HFPT shall not be obligated to pay or reimburse  PMC for Design and
Implementation  Costs not reflected in the Forecasts or in excess of the amounts
therein.

     (b) At least 30 days prior to the  beginning of each  calendar  month,  PMC
shall  deliver to HFPT a forecast of  expenditures  to be incurred by PMC (or to
which PMC will irrevocably commit) in such month in connection with PMC's Design
and  Implementation  Efforts,  in such  detail  as  required  by  HFPT's  normal
expenditure   approval   procedures  or  as  HFPT  may  reasonably   request  (a
"Forecast").  Each Forecast shall be consistent  with the Budget attached hereto
as Exhibit B (the "Budget"). During such 30-day period, the parties will discuss
and use their good faith best  efforts  to resolve  any  concerns  HFPT may have
regarding such Forecast and to modify the Forecast accordingly.  Within five (5)
business  days of the beginning of each  calendar  month,  HFPT shall advance to
PMC,  in a single  lump sum,  the  amount  reflected  in the  Forecast  for such
upcoming month,  minus any funds advanced in previous months which have not been
spent and documented as required in the next sentence.  Within five (5) business
days  following  the  end of  each  month,  PMC  shall  submit  to  HFPT  proper
substantiating  documentation evidencing all expenses and the purposes for which
the same were incurred.

     2.3   Issuance  of  Warrant.   As   consideration   for  PMC's  Design  and
Implementation   Efforts  and  for  HFPT's   ownership  of  all  Inventions  and
Intellectual Property Rights resulting therefrom,  within 30 days after the date
hereof,  HFPT shall issue to PMC a warrant in the form of Exhibit C hereto.  The
number of Warrant  Shares  purchasable  upon  exercise  of this  Warrant and the
Exercise  Price  thereof  shall be determined by HFPT so that the product of (i)
$25.00  (adjusted for any stock splits,  reverse stock splits or stock dividends
declared after the date hereof) minus the Exercise Price, multiplied by (ii) the
number  of  Warrant  Shares,  equals  $1,479,051;  provided  that the per  share
Exercise  Price shall not be less than $4.00 nor more than $6.00  (adjusted  for
any stock splits,  reverse stock splits or stock  dividends  declared  after the
date hereof).

                                        3

<PAGE>

     2.4 Subsequent Design and Implementation. The parties contemplate that they
will,  within 30 days  after the date  hereof,  enter  into a binding  letter of
intent  with  respect  to three  additional  phases  of  expansion  of HFPT's PT
Business, the terms of which shall be set forth in, and subject to execution of,
one or more definitive agreements with respect thereto.

     2.5  Exclusivity.  During the term of this Agreement and thereafter so long
as HFPT is pursuing with PMC the subsequent  phases  contemplated by Section 2.4
or as otherwise  provided in Section 5.3(b),  neither the Shareholders,  PMC nor
any of PMC's  employees  or  representatives  will,  except  on  behalf of HFPT,
conduct any  discussions,  solicitations,  inquiries,  or negotiations  with, or
engage (either directly or indirectly through ownership, consulting relationship
or other  means) in, any  physical  therapy  businesses  except as  described in
Schedule 2.5.


                                    ARTICLE 3
                              INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     3.1 Confidentiality.  PMC acknowledges that it will enjoy access to and use
of  Confidential  Information  of HFPT  during  the term of this  Agreement  and
thereafter.   PMC  agrees  that   neither  it  nor  any  of  its   employees  or
representatives  will disclose or use any HFPT Confidential  Information without
the prior written consent of HFPT. Upon termination of this Agreement,  PMC, its
employees  and the  Shareholders  shall (i) deliver to HFPT all records,  files,
data and similar  materials  containing  HFPT  Confidential  Information  or any
summaries,  analyses  or  compilations  thereof,  and (ii) not  disclose or use,
without HFPT's written consent, any Confidential Information of HFPT.

     3.2 Ownership of  Technology.  All  components of the System  acquired from
third parties shall be purchased or licensed in the name of HFPT,  and PMC shall
not have any ownership rights therein. All Technology designed or implemented by
PMC, either solely or jointly with employees of HFPT, in connection with or as a
result  of the  Design  and  Implementation  Efforts  shall be owned by HFPT and
constitute   Confidential   Information  of  HFPT.  PMC  acknowledges  that  all
copyrightable  works  resulting from the Design and  Implementation  Efforts are
"works for hire" owned by HFPT. PMC hereby agrees to execute  appropriate papers
or documents and otherwise  provide proper  assistance to enable the HFPT (i) to
perfect its full legal right,  title and interest in and to such  Technology and
(ii) to secure,  maintain,  enforce and defend its Intellectual  Property Rights
available for such Technology in any and all countries.


                                        4

<PAGE>


     3.3  Protection  of  Technology.  HFPT shall be  entitled  to  protect  the
Technology resulting from the Design and Implementation Efforts by obtaining and
maintaining appropriate patent,  copyright, or other registrations.  All patents
and  copyright  registrations  shall be  applied  for in the names of the actual
inventors  or authors  and shall be  assigned  to HFPT;  PMC shall  execute  and
deliver such forms of assignment,  power of attorney and other  documents  which
are necessary to give effect to the provisions hereof.

     3.4 PMC Employees  and  Consultants.  PMC shall ensure that all  employees,
consultants  and third  parties  who  perform  any  portion of PMC's  Design and
Implementation Efforts under this Agreement have entered into written agreements
with PMC whereby such employee, consultant or third party (i) agrees to maintain
the confidentiality of HFPT Confidential Information, and (ii) either assigns to
PMC all  ownership  rights,  or grants  PMC an  exclusive  worldwide  fully-paid
license (with the right to sublicense), in any inventions or discoveries made or
developed  by such  employee,  consultant  or third  party in the course of such
Design and Implementation  Efforts.  PMC shall provide copies of such agreements
to HFPT upon HFPT's request.


                                    ARTICLE 4
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     4.1  Representations  of  PMC.  PMC  and  the  Shareholders,   jointly  and
severally, represent, warrant and covenant to HFPT that:

     (a) PMC is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and has full  corporate  power
to conduct the business in which it is  presently  engaged and to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     (b) PMC has  taken all  necessary  corporate  action  under the laws of the
state of its  incorporation  and its  articles of  incorporation  and by-laws to
authorize the execution  and  consummation  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement
constitutes the valid and legally binding  agreement of PMC enforceable  against
PMC in accordance  with the terms  hereof,  subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
fraudulent  transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium  and similar  laws of general
applicability  relating to or affecting  creditors' rights and to general equity
principles.

     (c)  Neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this   Agreement  nor  the
performance of the Design and Implementation  Efforts will violate any provision
of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  of PMC  or  any  law,  rule,
regulation, writ, judgment,  injunction,  decree, determination,  award or other
order of any  court or  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality,  domestic  or
foreign,  or  conflict  with or result  in any  breach of any of the terms of or
constitute  a default  under or  result in  termination  of or the  creation  or
imposition of any mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  lien, security interest or
other charge or encumbrance of any nature  pursuant to the terms of any contract
or  agreement  to which PMC or any  Shareholder  is a party or by which PMC, any
Shareholder or any of their assets is bound.


                                        5

<PAGE>



     (d) Neither PMC nor any Shareholder is restricted,  by  confidentiality  or
noncompetition  obligations  or  otherwise,  from  carrying  out the  Design and
Implementation Efforts except as described in Schedule 4.1(d). HFPT's use of the
System will not infringe, misappropriate,  misuse or conflict with the rights of
third parties.

     (e) Except as described in Schedule  4.1(d),  there are no actions,  suits,
claims,  disputes  or  proceedings  or  governmental  investigations  pending or
threatened  against  PMC or any of its  Affiliates,  either at law or in equity,
before any court or administrative agency or before any governmental department,
commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  or before any arbitration
board or panel  whether  located in the United States or a foreign  country.  To
PMC's  knowledge,  PMC has not failed to comply with any law, rule,  regulation,
writ, judgment, injunction,  decree, determination,  award or other order of any
court or  other-governmental  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or foreign,
which  failure in any case would in any  material  respect  impair any rights of
HFPT under this Agreement.

     4.2 Representations of HFPT. HFPT represents, warrants and covenants to PMC
that:

     (a) HFPT is a corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and has full  corporate  power
to conduct the business in which it is  presently  engaged and to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     (b) HFPT has taken all  necessary  corporate  action  under the laws of the
state of its  incorporation  and its  articles  of  incorporation  and bylaws to
authorize the execution  and  consummation  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement
constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of HFPT enforceable  against
HFPT in accordance  with the terms hereof,  subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
fraudulent  transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium  and similar  laws of general
applicability  relating to or affecting  creditors' rights and to general equity
principles.

     (c)  Neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this   Agreement  nor  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated herein will violate any provision
of the articles and bylaws of HFPT or any law, rule, regulation, writ, judgment,
injunction,  decree,  determination,  award  or  other  order  of any  court  or
governmental agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or conflict with or
result in any  breach of any of the terms of or  constitute  a default  under or
result in termination of or the creation or imposition of any mortgage,  deed of
trust,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest or other charge or encumbrance of any
nature  pursuant to the terms of any  contract or  agreement  to which HFPT is a
party or by which HFPT or any of its assets is bound.

     (d) HFPT agrees to  reimburse  PMC and any  Shareholder  for fifty  percent
(50%) of any costs  incurred  with  respect to the matter  described in Schedule
4.1(d) as a result of carrying out the Design and Implementation Efforts.



                                        6

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE 5
                                   TERMINATION

     5.1 Term.  Subject to the parties  rights under Section 5.2, this Agreement
shall  remain  in  force  and  effect  until   completion   of  the  Design  and
Implementation Efforts.

     5.2 Termination.

     (a) HFPT may, by specific written notice to PMC,  terminate this Agreement,
including the Design and Implementation  Efforts, if HFPT reasonably  determines
that a lack of adequate  financial  resources makes it impracticable for HFPT to
complete the Design and Implementation Efforts.

     (b) If either  party  breaches  any of the material  terms,  conditions  or
agreements of this Agreement, then the other party may terminate this Agreement,
at its option and  without  prejudice  to any of its other  legal and  equitable
rights and remedies,  by giving the  breaching  party ninety (90) days notice in
writing,  particularly  specifying the breach.  Such notice of termination shall
not be  effective  if the other party  cures the  specified  breach  within such
ninety  (90) day  period,  or, in the case of breaches  not  reasonably  curable
within such ninety (90) days, if such party  commences  the cure thereof  within
such ninety (90) days and diligently thereafter prosecutes such cure.

     (c) Either party may, by written  notice to the other party  (which  notice
shall be effective  upon  dispatch),  terminate this Agreement in the event that
such other  party  becomes  insolvent,  makes an  assignment  for the benefit of
creditors,  goes into  liquidation  or  receivership  or  otherwise  loses legal
control of its business.

     5.3 Effect of Termination.

     (a) If HFPT  terminates  the Design and  Implementation  Efforts,  (i) HFPT
shall be  obligated to reimburse  PMC only for Design and  Implementation  Costs
incurred  by PMC  prior to the  effective  date of such  termination  (including
expenses to which PMC irrevocably committed), in no event more than the approved
amount through such month of the Design and Implementation Efforts, and (ii) PMC
shall promptly  reimburse  HFPT for any amounts  advanced which are in excess of
Design and  Implementation  Costs incurred by PMC prior to the effective date of
such termination (including expenses to which PMC irrevocably committed).

     (b) The rights and obligations of the parties under Section 2.5 and Article
3 shall  survive  any  termination  of this  Agreement.  If  this  Agreement  is
terminated by HFPT by reason of any willful and material  misconduct by PMC or a
Shareholder,  then for a period of two (2) years after such termination  neither
the  Shareholders,  PMC nor any of  PMC's  employees  or  representatives  will,
directly  or  indirectly,   perform  any  services  related  to  the  design  or
implementation  of systems  similar to or  performing  the same  function as the
systems described on Exhibit A, or sell or license any product or system similar
to or performing the same function as the systems described on Exhibit A, to any
physical therapy business, except as described in Schedule 2.5.


                                        7

<PAGE>


     (c) Upon termination of this Agreement,  each party will within thirty (30)
days  return to the other all  tangible  Confidential  Information  of the other
party  (except  one copy  which may be  retained  by legal  counsel  solely  for
evidentiary purposes in the event of a dispute).


                                    ARTICLE 6
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     6.1  Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and inure to the
benefit of the  parties  hereto  and the  successors  or assigns of the  parties
hereto; provided, that (i) the rights and obligations of PMC or the Shareholders
herein may not be assigned  without the prior written  consent of HFPT, and (ii)
the rights and  obligations  of HFPT  herein may not be  assigned  except to any
person who succeeds to all or a substantial  portion of HFPT's PT Business.  Any
attempted assignment of this Agreement in violation of this Section 6.1 shall be
null and void.

     6.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements contemplated herein
and therein  constitute the entire agreements of the parties with respect to the
subject  matter of such  agreements  and  supersede  all  previous  proposals or
agreements, oral or written, and all negotiations,  conversations or discussions
heretofore  had  between  the  parties  related  to the  subject  matter of such
agreements.

     6.3  Governing  Law,  Consent  to  Jurisdiction  and  Choice of Forum.  The
construction  and  performance  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota  (without regard
to the choice of law provisions thereof).  By execution of this Agreement,  HFPT
and PMC hereby consent to the  jurisdiction of the courts and other tribunals of
the State of Minnesota for the limited purpose of the  determination  of any and
all disputes arising out of the construction,  interpretation and performance of
this agreement,  provided that the specific  dispute  resolution  procedures set
forth in this Agreement shall govern the subject matter described therein.

     6.4 Tax  Consequences.  Each party represents and warrants that it has made
an independent  evaluation of the tax consequences  resulting to such party as a
result of the  terms  and  effect of this  Agreement.  No party  shall  have any
recourse  against any other party to this  Agreement nor shall this Agreement be
affected  in any  way by  reason  of the  fact  that  the  consummation  of this
Agreement  or  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  do  not  have  the  tax
consequences currently anticipated by such party.

     6.5 Survival. All of the representations,  warranties, and indemnifications
made in this  Agreement,  and all terms and  provisions  hereof  intended  to be
observed  and  performed  by the parties  after the  termination  hereof (to the
extent specified herein), shall survive such termination and continue thereafter
in full force and effect, subject to applicable statutes of limitations.



                                        8

<PAGE>

     6.6 Amendment,  Waiver,  Discharge, etc. This Agreement may not be amended,
released, discharged, abandoned, changed or modified in any manner, except by an
instrument in writing  signed on behalf of each of the parties to this Agreement
by their duly authorized representatives. The failure of either party to enforce
at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed
to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor in any way to affect the validity of
this  Agreement  or any part of it or the right of either  party  after any such
failure to enforce  each and every  such  provision.  No waiver of any breach of
this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

     6.7  Execution in  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts,  all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement,
and shall become a binding  agreement  when one or more  counterparts  have been
signed by each party and delivered to the other party.

     6.8 Titles and headings;  Construction. The titles and headings to Sections
and Articles  herein are inserted for the  convenience of reference only and are
not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or  interpretation of this
Agreement.  This Agreement shall be construed  without regard to any presumption
or other rule  requiring  construction  hereof  against the party  causing  this
Agreement to be drafted.

     6.9 Benefit.  Nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied, is intended
to confer on any  person  other  than the  parties  to this  Agreement  or their
respective successors or permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or
liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

     6.10 Notices.  All notices or other  communications  to a party required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered  personally or by
telecopy (receipt  confirmed) to such party (or, in the case of an entity, to an
executive  officer  of such  party)  or  shall  be sent by a  reputable  express
delivery  service or by certified  mail,  postage  prepaid  with return  receipt
requested, addressed as follows:

if to HFPT to:

         Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc.
         3500 West 80th Street, Suite 130
         Minneapolis, Minnesota 55431
         Attention: Loren Brink, President
         FAX (612) 831-7264

and a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

         Fredrikson & Byron
         1100 International Centre
         900 Second Avenue
         Minneapolis, MN 55402-3397
         Attention:  John F. Wurm
         FAX (612) 347-7077


                                        9

<PAGE>


if to PMC to:

         Practice Management Consultants, Inc.
         Route 2, Box 722
         Decatur, Texas  76234
         FAX (817) 627-0201

and a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

         Kovalchuk and Cutshall, P.A.
         412 Union Plaza
         333 Washington Avenue North
         Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401
         Attention:  Thomas C. Cutshall, Esq.
         FAX (612) 373-9821

PMC or HFPT may change their respective above-specified recipient and/or mailing
address by notice to the other party given in the manner herein prescribed.  All
notices  shall be deemed  given on the day when  actually  delivered as provided
above (if delivered personally or by telecopy) or on the day shown on the return
receipt (if delivered by express delivery service or by mail).

     6.11 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid by a
court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be enforced to the maximum
extent permissible and the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable
according to their terms.

     6.12  Execution  of Further  Documents.  Each party  agrees to execute  and
deliver  without  further  consideration  any  further  applications,  licenses,
assignments  or other  documents,  and to perform  such other lawful acts as the
other party may reasonably request to fully secure and/or evidence the rights or
interests herein.

     6.13  Relationship.  The  relationship  of HFPT and PMC with respect to the
Design  and  Implementation  Efforts  will be that of  independent  contractors.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party has, and will not,
represent  that it has any  power,  right or  authority  to bind or to incur any
charges or expenses on behalf of the other  party or in the other  party's  name
without the written consent of the other party. Nothing stated in this Agreement
will be construed as constituting HFPT and PMC, or their affiliates, as partners
or as creating the relationships of employer/employee, franchisor/franchisee, or
principal/agent  between them. Neither party nor its affiliates nor its or their
employees or agents are, or will act, as employees of the other party within the
meaning or application of any unemployment insurance laws, social security laws,
workers'  compensation  or  industrial  accident  laws,  social  security  laws,
workers'  compensation  or industrial  accident laws, or under any other laws or
regulations which may impute any obligations or liability to the other by reason
of an employment  relationship.  The parties will  indemnify and reimburse  each
other  for and hold the  other  harmless  from any  liabilities  or  obligations
imposed or  attempted  to be  imposed  upon a party by virtue of any such law in
performance by a party of this Agreement.

                                       10

<PAGE>

     6.14 Compliance with Laws. The parties,  and any permitted  sublicensees of
the parties,  will comply with all applicable  international,  national,  state,
regional and local laws and regulations in exercising their rights or performing
their duties under this Agreement.

     6.15 Arbitration.  Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or any breach hereof shall be settled by binding  arbitration in accordance with
commercial  arbitration rules of the American  Arbitration  Association ("AAA").
The  arbitrator  shall be a retired state or federal judge,  as  mutually-agreed
upon by HFPT and PMC or, if the parties  cannot  agree,  as selected by the AAA.
The results of such  arbitration  proceedings  shall be binding upon the parties
hereto,  and judgment may entered upon the arbitration award in any court having
jurisdiction  thereof.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  either  party may seek
interim injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties has caused this System Design and
Implementation Agreement to be executed in the manner appropriate to each.

                            PRACTICE MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS, INC.


                            By: /s/ Thomas H. Coplin
                            Its: President
                            /s/ Thomas Coplin
                            Thomas Coplin
                            /s/ Thom Berkowitz
                            Thom Berkowitz



                            HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.


                            By: /s/ Loren Brink
                            Its: CEO

Exhibits:

         A -      Description of Design and Implementation Efforts
         B -      Summary of Expenses
         C -      Form of Warrant


                                       11

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

           DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION EFFORTS
          OF REHABILITATION DIVISION OF HEALTH FITNESS PHYSICAL THERAPY

The System will be one or more  management  information  and control  systems to
manage and operate  the  Company's  Rehabilitation  Division,  as such  division
currently  exists  and as it is  greatly  expanded  to  become a  leader  in the
rehabilitation  therapy  industry and the  predominant  part of HFPT's  combined
business.  The System will  include  software  (including  packages),  operating
manuals,  policies and  procedures for the following  areas of physical  therapy
operations:

         o        Billing and collections
         o        Therapist staffing management
         o        Patient scheduling
         o        Outcomes measurement
         o        Record keeping

The System will  include  interfaces  and  modifications  to  existing  systems,
primarily the general ledger system.

As a test of the  implementation  of the  System,  PMC  will  begin  preliminary
application of the MIS portion of the System to HFPT's  existing  Rehabilitation
Business. PMC will have direct access to all HFPT administration and operational
System  and staff for the  purposes  of System  design and  implementation.  Tom
Coplin will be a liaison to HFPT's Chief Executive Officer.

The Design and Implementation Efforts regarding the System shall include but not
be limited to the following:

         o        Billing and Collections system
                  - Provide outline of policy and procedure manual by October 
                    15, 1996.
                  - Provide draft of policy and procedure manual by December 31,
                    1996.
                  - Provide draft of forms, training manual and other necessary 
                    materials by December 31, 1996.
                  - Provide final completed  policy and procedure manual and 
                    forms, training manual and other necessary  materials by 
                    February 28, 1997.

         o        Therapist Staffing Management system
                  - Provide outline of policy and procedure manual by October 
                    31, 1996.
                  - Provide draft of policy and procedure manual by December 31,
                    1996.
                  - Provide draft of forms, training manual and other necessary 
                    materials by February 28, 1997.
                  - Provide final completed  policy and procedure  manual and
                    forms, training manual and other necessary  materials by 
                    March 31, 1997.

                                       A-1

<PAGE>

         o        Patient Scheduling system
                  - Provide outline of policy and procedure manual by October 
                    31, 1996.
                  - Provide draft policy and procedure manual by November 30, 
                    1996.
                  - Provide draft forms, training manual and other necessary 
                    materials by December 31, 1996.
                  - Programming to begin as soon as practicable after completion
                    of preceding step.
                  - Provide final completed policy and procedures manual, forms,
                    training manual and other necessary materials as soon as
                    practicable after completion of programming.

         o        Outcome Measurement system
                  - Provide outline of policy and procedure manual by October 
                    31, 1996.
                  - Provide draft policy and procedure manual by November 30, 
                    1996.
                  - Provide draft forms, training manual and other necessary 
                    materials by December 31, 1996.
                  - Programming to begin as soon as practicable after completion
                    of preceding step.
                  - Provide final completed forms, training manual and other
                    necessary  materials  as soon  as  practicable after 
                    completion of programming.

         o        Record Keeping system
                  - Provide outline of policy and procedure manual by October 
                    31, 1996.
                  - Provide draft policy and procedure manual by November 30, 
                    1996.
                  - Provide draft forms, training manual and other necessary 
                    materials by December 31, 1996.
                  - Programming to begin as soon as practicable after completion
                    of preceding step.
                  - Provide final completed policy and procedures manual, forms,
                    training manual and other necessary materials by as soon  as
                    practicable after completion of programming.



                                       A-2

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B


    Projected Cost of Rehabilitation Division Management Information Systems
                             Design & Implementation
                                    ($000's)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                     Jan-Jun               Jul-Dec              Jan-Jun                Jul-Dec
                                       1996                  1996                 1997                  1997            Total
                                 ----------------       --------------      ----------------       ---------------    -------------
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>                   <C>                   <C>            <C>    

Application Software
   Design & Implementation

Billed Hourly Charges                 $200                   $325                  $325                  $175           $1,025

Expenses
   Travel, Phones, Other               $75                   $100                  $100                   $50             $325
                                 ----------------       --------------      ----------------       ---------------    -------------

Total Application Software
   Design & Implementation            $275                   $425                  $425                  $225           $1,350

Equipment/Operating Software

Headquarters                            $0                    $75                   $25                   $25             $125

Existing Physical Therapy
Sites                                  $10                   $200                  $125                    $0             $335
                                 ----------------       --------------      ----------------       ---------------    -------------
Total Equipment/Operating
   Software                            $10                   $275                  $150                   $25             $460
                                 ================       ==============      ================       ===============    =============
TOTAL PROJECT COST                    $285                   $700                  $575                  $250           $1,810
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                  Schedule 2.5
                            Exceptions to Exclusivity


Physical Therapy Rehabilitation Center, Inc & Jim Latourelle
South Austin Therapy Group
Isernhagen Clinics, Inc.
Spooner Physical Therapy, Inc., The Body Firm & Kevin Spooner
Midlands Physical Therapy, Inc. Brett Smith & Tom Stootsberry
Bornstein-Weiss Physical Therapy



<PAGE>
                                 Schedule 4.1(d)


Tom  Coplin,  one of  PMC's  officers,  is  subject  to  certain  noncompetition
obligations set forth in the following portions of the following agreements:


     1)  Agreement  dated  November  26, 1993 by and among  RehabClinics,  Inc.,
Coplin Physical Therapy  Associates,  Inc., West Suburban Health Partners,  Inc.
and Thomas H. Coplin.

     2) Section XI of Agreement  of Purchase  and Sale dated  October 1, 1991 by
and among Coplin Physical Therapy  Associates,  Inc., Thomas H. Coplin,  Kent W.
Malcomson, and RehabClinics, Inc.

     3) Section 8 of Employment  Agreement dated November 8, 1991 between Coplin
Physical Therapy Associates, Inc. and Thomas H. Coplin.

     4) Section XI of Agreement  of Purchase  and Sale dated  January 1, 1992 by
and among West Suburban Health  Partners,  Inc.,  certain  shareholders  thereof
(including Thomas H. Coplin), and RehabClinics, Inc.

                                                                             

                          Subsidiaries (as of 12/31/96)

1.   Health Fitness Physical Therapy of Tahoe, Inc., a Minnesota corporation

2.   Sports and Orthopaedic Physical Therapy, Inc., a Minnesota corporation

3.   Fitness  Centers of America,  Inc.  d/b/a  Fitness  Systems,  a  California
     corporation

4.   The Preferred Companies, Inc. d/b/a Preferred Therapy Providers of America,
     an Arizona corporation

5.   Health Fitness Rehab. Inc., a Minnesota corporation


                                                                   Exhibit 23.1

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT

         We  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statements of Health Fitness Physical Therapy,  Inc. on Form S-8 relating to the
1995  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  1995  Employee  Stock Option Plan,  1992
Nonqualified  Employee Stock Option Plan and the 1992  Incentive  Employer Stock
Option Plan of our report dated April 10, 1997,  appearing in the Annual  Report
on Form 10-KSB of Health Fitness Physical Therapy, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the
year ended December 31, 1996.



Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 10, 1997






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission